Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
 
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017
or
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ______________ to ________________
Commission File Number: 001-15274
JCPENNEYLOGOA01A04.JPG
 
 
J. C. PENNEY COMPANY, INC.
 
 
 
 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
 
Delaware
 
 
26-0037077
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
6501 Legacy Drive, Plano, Texas 75024-3698
 
 
 
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
 
 
 
(Zip Code)
 
 
 
 
(972) 431-1000
 
 
 
 
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
 
 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
Title of each class
 
 
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock of 50 cents par value
 
 
 
New York Stock Exchange
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
 
 
 
New York Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
 
 
None
 
 
 
 
(Title of class)
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  x  No  o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o No  x  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  x No  o  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  x  No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer   x
Accelerated filer  o
Non-accelerated filer  o
Smaller reporting company    o  
 
 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o  No  x  
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter ( July 30, 2016 ). $2,955,141,924  
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
308,619,449 shares of Common Stock of 50 cents par value, as of March 20, 2017 .
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Documents from which portions are incorporated by reference
 
Parts of the Form 10-K into which incorporated
J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2017 Proxy Statement
 
Part III


Table of Contents

INDEX
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

2

Table of Contents

PART I  
Item 1. Business
 
Business Overview
 
J. C. Penney Company, Inc. is a holding company whose principal operating subsidiary is J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. (JCP). JCP was incorporated in Delaware in 1924, and J. C. Penney Company, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in 2002, when the holding company structure was implemented. The new holding company assumed the name J. C. Penney Company, Inc. (Company). The holding company has no independent assets or operations, and no direct subsidiaries other than JCP. Common stock of the Company is publicly traded under the symbol “JCP” on the New York Stock Exchange. The Company is a co-obligor (or guarantor, as appropriate) regarding the payment of principal and interest on JCP’s outstanding debt securities. The guarantee by the Company of certain of JCP’s outstanding debt securities is full and unconditional. The holding company and its consolidated subsidiaries, including JCP, are collectively referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as “we,” “us,” “our,” “ourselves,” “Company” or “JCPenney.”
 
Since our founding by James Cash Penney in 1902, we have grown to be a major retailer, operating 1,013 department stores in 49 states and Puerto Rico as of January 28, 2017 . Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31. Unless otherwise stated, references to years in this report relate to fiscal years, rather than to calendar years. Fiscal year 2016 ended on January 28, 2017 ; fiscal year 2015 ended on January 30, 2016 ; and fiscal year 2014 ended on January 31, 2015 . Each consisted of 52 weeks.
 
Our business consists of selling merchandise and services to consumers through our department stores and our website at jcpenney.com, which utilizes fully optimized applications for desktop, mobile and tablet devices. Our department stores and website generally serve the same type of customers, our website offers virtually the same mix of merchandise as our store assortment plus other extended categories that are not offered in store, and our department stores generally accept returns from sales made in stores and via our website. We fulfill online customer purchases by direct shipment to the customer from our distribution facilities and stores or from our suppliers' warehouses and by in store customer pick up. We sell family apparel and footwear, accessories, fine and fashion jewelry, beauty products through Sephora inside JCPenney, home furnishings and large appliances. In addition, our department stores provide our customers with services such as styling salon, optical, portrait photography and custom decorating. 
 
Based on how we categorized our divisions in 2016 , our merchandise mix of total net sales over the last three years was as follows: 
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Women’s apparel
 
24
%
 
25
%
 
26
%
Men’s apparel and accessories
 
22
%
 
22
%
 
22
%
Home
 
13
%
 
12
%
 
12
%
Women’s accessories, including Sephora
 
13
%
 
12
%
 
11
%
Children’s apparel
 
10
%
 
10
%
 
10
%
Footwear and handbags
 
8
%
 
8
%
 
8
%
Jewelry
 
6
%
 
6
%
 
6
%
Services and other
 
4
%
 
5
%
 
5
%
 
 
100
%
 
100
%
 
100
%

Operating Strategy

We have developed a strategic framework that focuses on the following three pillars:

Private brands;
Omnichannel; and
Revenue per customer.

We believe these three pillars provide the foundation to increase loyalty with our customers and enable the organization to simplify its focus by ensuring that resources and capital investments are effectively allocated to drive these priorities.

3

Table of Contents


Our first priority is private brands . To differentiate us with the consumer, we plan to leverage our sourcing and private brand infrastructure to increase our production of private brands with style, quality and value. With an established global network of sourcing offices, along with a team of in-house designers, we plan to grow private brand penetration to enhance our profitability.

Our second priority is to become a world-class omnichannel retailer. We have a rich heritage of being a catalog retailer and have much of our omnichannel infrastructure already in place. We are digitally connected with our customers via a mobile app and the Internet and have three large, strategically located dot-com distribution centers with approximately five million square feet of space for providing expanded assortment and order fulfillment. Additionally, our objective is to create a seamless connection between our digital and brick-and-mortar operations through initiatives such as a mobile app that is designed to be deeply integrated with the store experience and buy-online-pick-up-in-store same day (BOPIS).
 
Our final strategic priority is increasing revenue per customer . Within our new brand platform of "Get Your Penney's Worth," it is our mission to help our customer find what she loves for less time, money and effort. To accomplish this mission, we see an increased opportunity to grow shopping frequency and the amount that customers spend on every transaction. We plan to address this opportunity by enhancing our cross-merchandising appeal with initiatives to upgrade each store’s center core, to add appliances and other home categories to our merchandise assortment, and to continue the rollout of our Sephora inside JCPenney locations.

Competition and Seasonality
 
The business of selling merchandise and services is highly competitive. We are one of the largest department store and e-commerce retailers in the United States, and we have numerous competitors, as further described in Item 1A, Risk Factors. Many factors enter into the competition for the consumer’s patronage, including merchandise assortment, advertising, price, quality, service, location, reputation, credit availability, customer loyalty and availability of in-store services such as styling salon, optical, portrait photography and custom decorating. Our annual earnings depend to a great extent on the results of operations for the last quarter of the fiscal year, which includes the holiday season, when a significant portion of our sales and profits are recorded.

Trademarks
 
The JCPenney ® , JCP ® , Liz Claiborne ® , Claiborne ® , Okie Dokie ® , Worthington ® , a.n.a ® , St. John’s Bay ® , The Original Arizona Jean Company ® , Ambrielle ® , Decree ® , Stafford ® , J. Ferrar ® , Xersion ® , Belle + Sky ® , Total Girl ® , monet ® , JCPenney Home ® , Studio JCP Home™, Home Collection by JCPenney™, Made for Life™, Boutique+™, Stylus ® , Sleep Chic ® , Home Expressions ® and Cooks JCPenney Home™ trademarks, as well as certain other trademarks, have been registered, or are the subject of pending trademark applications with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and with the registries of many foreign countries and/or are protected by common law. We consider our marks and the accompanying name recognition to be valuable to our business.
 
Website Availability
 
We maintain an Internet website at  www.jcpenney.com  and make available free of charge through this website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all related amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after the materials are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, our website provides press releases, access to webcasts of management presentations and other materials useful in evaluating our Company.
 
Suppliers
 
We have a diversified supplier base, both domestic and foreign, and are not dependent to any significant degree on any single supplier. We purchase our merchandise from approximately 2,600 domestic and foreign suppliers, many of whom have done business with us for many years. In addition to our Plano, Texas home office, we, through our purchasing subsidiary, maintained buying and quality assurance offices in 10 foreign countries as of  January 28, 2017
 

4

Table of Contents

Employment
 
The Company and its consolidated subsidiaries employed approximately 106,000 full-time and part-time employees as of January 28, 2017 .
 
Environmental Matters
 
Environmental protection requirements did not have a material effect upon our operations during 2016 . It is possible that compliance with such requirements (including any new requirements) would lengthen lead time in expansion or renovation plans and increase construction costs, and therefore operating costs, due in part to the expense and time required to conduct environmental and ecological studies and any required remediation.
 
As of January 28, 2017 , we estimated our total potential environmental liabilities to range from $20 million to $26 million and recorded our best estimate of $24 million in Other accounts payable and accrued expenses and Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of that date. This estimate covered potential liabilities primarily related to underground storage tanks, remediation of environmental conditions involving our former drugstore locations and asbestos removal in connection with approved plans to renovate or dispose of our facilities. We continue to assess required remediation and the adequacy of environmental reserves as new information becomes available and known conditions are further delineated. If we were to incur losses at the upper end of the estimated range, we do not believe that such losses would have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. 

Executive Officers of the Registrant   

The following is a list, as of March 20, 2017 , of the names and ages of the executive officers of J. C. Penney Company, Inc. and of the offices and other positions held by each such person with the Company. These officers hold identical positions with JCP.  There is no family relationship between any of the named persons.
Name
  
Offices and Other Positions Held With the Company
  
Age
Marvin R. Ellison
  
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
  
52
Edward J. Record
  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
  
48
Michael Amend
 
Executive Vice President, Omnichannel
 
39
Brynn L. Evanson
 
Executive Vice President, Human Resources
 
47
Janet M. Link
  
Executive Vice President, General Counsel
  
47
Joseph M. McFarland
 
Executive Vice President, Stores
 
47
Therace M. Risch
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer
 
44
Michael Robbins
 
Executive Vice President, Supply Chain
 
51
John J. Tighe
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Merchant
 
48
Mary Beth West*
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Customer and Marketing Officer
 
54
Andrew S. Drexler
  
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller
  
46

* Ms. West has notified the Company that she is voluntarily terminating her employment, effective April 1, 2017.

Mr. Ellison has served as Chairman of the Board since August 2016, Chief Executive Officer since 2015, and as a director of the Company and a director of JCP since 2014. He previously served as President of the Company from 2014 to 2015. Prior to joining the Company, he served as Executive Vice President - U.S. Stores of The Home Depot, Inc. (home improvement supplies retailer) from 2008 to 2014. His prior roles with The Home Depot, Inc. included President - Northern Division from 2006 to 2008, Senior Vice President - Logistics from 2005 to 2006, Vice President - Logistics from 2004 to 2005, and Vice President - Loss Prevention from 2002 to 2004. Mr. Ellison began his career with Target Corporation (retailer) where he served in a variety of operational roles. Mr. Ellison currently serves as a director of FedEx Corporation (courier delivery services), the Retail Industry Leaders Association and the National Retail Federation.

Mr. Record has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and as a director of JCP since 2014. Prior to joining the Company, he served in positions of increasing responsibility with Stage Stores, Inc. (apparel retailer), including Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from 2010 to 2014, Chief Financial Officer from 2007 to 2010 and Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer from May 2007 to September 2007. Mr. Record also served as Senior Vice President of Finance of Kohl’s Corporation (department store retailer) from 2005 to 2007. Prior to that, he served

5

Table of Contents

with Belk, Inc. (department store retailer) as Senior Vice President of Finance and Controller from April 2005 to October 2005 and Senior Vice President and Controller from 2002 to 2005.

Mr. Amend has served as Executive Vice President, Omnichannel since 2015. Prior to joining the Company, he served as Vice President of Online, Mobile and Omnichannel at The Home Depot, Inc. (home improvement supplies retailer) from 2011 to 2015. Mr. Amend also served as Chief Technology Officer of Online at Dell, Inc. (computer technology company) from 2008 to 2011 and as Deputy Chief Technology Officer at BEA Systems, Inc. (enterprise infrastructure software developer) from 2003 to 2008.
Ms. Evanson has served as Executive Vice President, Human Resources since 2013. Prior to that she served as Vice President, Compensation, Benefits and Talent Operations from 2010 to 2013 and Director of Compensation from 2009 to 2010. Prior to joining the Company, she worked at the Dayton Hudson Corporation (retailer) from 1991 to 2009 (renamed Target Corporation in 2000). Ms. Evanson began her career with Marshall Field’s (department store retailer) where she advanced through positions in stores, finance, human resources and merchandising and moved to the Target stores division in 2000, ultimately serving as Director of Executive Compensation and Retirement Plans.
Ms. Link has served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel since 2015. Prior to that, she served as interim General Counsel from March 2015 to May 2015 and as Vice President, Deputy General Counsel from 2014 to 2015. Prior to joining the Company, she served as Vice President, Deputy General Counsel of CC Media Holdings, Inc. (now known as iHeart Media Holdings, Inc.) (mass media company) and Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (outdoor advertising) from 2013 to 2014 and as Vice President, Associate General Counsel - Litigation from 2010 to 2013. She also served as Interim General Counsel of Clear Channel Outdoor - Americas (outdoor advertising) from 2010 to 2011. Ms. Link was a partner with Latham & Watkins LLP (law firm) from 2005 to 2010 where she was the Vice-Chair of the Global Litigation Department.
Mr. McFarland has served as Executive Vice President, Stores since January 2016. From 2007 to 2015, he served as President, Northern and Western Divisions of The Home Depot, Inc. (home improvement supplies retailer), with which he served in positions of increasing responsibility since 1993.

Ms. Risch has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer since 2015. Prior to joining the Company, she served as Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Country Financial (insurance and investment services) from 2014 to 2015. Prior to that, Ms. Risch spent 10 years at Target Corporation (retailer) in a variety of technology roles of increasing responsibility, including Vice President of Technology Delivery Services from 2012 to 2014 and Vice President, Business Technology Team from 2009 to 2012.

Mr. Robbins has served as Executive Vice President, Supply Chain since January 2016. Prior to that, he served as Senior Vice President, Supply Chain from August 2015 to January 2016. From 2012 to 2015, Mr. Robbins served as Senior Vice President, Global Supply Chain at Target Corporation (retailer), with which he served in positions of increasing responsibility since 2001, including Senior Vice President of Distribution Operations from 2010 to 2012, Vice President of Pharmacy from 2008 to 2010 and Regional Vice President of West Coast Distribution from 2006 to 2008.

Mr. Tighe has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Merchant since 2015. Prior to that, he served as Senior Vice President and Senior General Merchandise Manager, Men’s Apparel, from 2012 to 2015, Senior Vice President and General Merchandise Manager, Home, from 2010 to 2012, Senior Vice President, jcp.com, from 2009 to 2010, Divisional Vice President, Junior’s Sportswear, Missy Casual and Special Sizes, from 2004 to 2009, and Buyer, Jr. Denim, from 2002 to 2004. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Tighe served in a variety of merchandising roles for May Department Stores.

Ms. West has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Customer and Marketing Officer of the Company since 2015 and as a director of JCP since August 2016. She previously served as director of the Company from 2005 to 2015. Prior to joining the Company, she served as Executive Vice President and Chief Category and Marketing Officer of Mondelez International, Inc. (branded foods and beverages) from 2012 to 2015. Ms. West also served in positions of increasing importance at Kraft Foods, Inc. from 1986 to 2012, including Executive Vice President and Chief Category and Marketing Officer from 2010 to 2012, Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer from 2007 to 2010, Group Vice President and President, Kraft Foods North American Beverage Sector from 2006 to 2007, Group Vice President and President, Kraft Foods North America Grocery Segment from 2004 to 2006, Senior Vice President and General Manager, Meals Division from 2001 to 2004, and Vice President, New Meals Division from 1999 to 2001. Ms. West currently serves as a Director of Hasbro, Inc. (toy and board game company).

Mr. Drexler has served as Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller since 2015. Prior to joining the Company, he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Giant Eagle, Inc. (grocery retailer) from 2014 to

6

Table of Contents

2015. He also served as Senior Vice President, Finance, and Corporate Controller for GNC Holdings, Inc. (health and nutrition retailer) from 2011 to 2014. Prior to that, Mr. Drexler spent 11 years at Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. in roles of increasing responsibility, including Vice President of Finance for the information systems division from 2010 to 2011. Earlier in his career, he held a variety of roles with PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP (accounting firm). Mr. Drexler is a certified public accountant.
Item 1A. Risk Factors

The following risk factors should be read carefully in connection with evaluating our business and the forward-looking information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and the actual outcome of matters as to which forward-looking statements are made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our ability to sustain profitable growth is subject to both the risks affecting our business generally and the inherent difficulties associated with implementing our strategic plan.

As we position the Company for long-term growth, it may take longer than expected to achieve our objectives, and actual results may be materially less than planned. Our ability to improve our operating results depends upon a significant number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

customer response to our marketing and merchandise strategies;

our ability to achieve profitable sales and to make adjustments in response to changing conditions;

our ability to respond to competitive pressures in our industry;

our ability to effectively manage inventory;

the success of our omnichannel strategy;

our ability to benefit from capital improvements made to our store environment;

our ability to respond to any unanticipated changes in expected cash flows, liquidity and cash needs, including our ability to obtain any additional financing or other liquidity enhancing transactions, if and when needed;

our ability to achieve positive cash flow;

our ability to access an adequate and uninterrupted supply of merchandise from suppliers at expected levels and on acceptable terms;

changes to the regulatory environment in which our business operates; and

general economic conditions.

There is no assurance that our marketing, merchandising and omnichannel strategies, or any future adjustments to our strategies, will improve our operating results.

We operate in a highly competitive industry, which could adversely impact our sales and profitability.

The retail industry is highly competitive, with few barriers to entry. We compete with many other local, regional and national retailers for customers, employees, locations, merchandise, services and other important aspects of our business. Those competitors include other department stores, discounters, home furnishing stores, large appliance retailers, specialty retailers, wholesale clubs, direct-to-consumer businesses, including those on the Internet, and other forms of retail commerce. Some competitors are larger than JCPenney, and/or have greater financial resources available to them, and, as a result, may be able to devote greater resources to sourcing, promoting, selling their products, updating their store environment and updating their technology. Competition is characterized by many factors, including merchandise assortment, advertising, price, quality, service, location, reputation, credit availability, customer loyalty and availability of in-store services, such as styling salon, optical, portrait photography and custom decorating. We have experienced, and anticipate that we will continue to experience

7

Table of Contents

for at least the foreseeable future, significant competition from our competitors. The performance of competitors as well as changes in their pricing and promotional policies, marketing activities, customer loyalty programs, availability of in-store services, new store openings, store renovations, launches of Internet websites or mobile platforms, brand launches and other merchandise and operational strategies could cause us to have lower sales, lower gross margin and/or higher operating expenses such as marketing costs and other selling, general and administrative expenses, which in turn could have an adverse impact on our profitability.

Our sales and operating results depend on our ability to develop merchandise offerings that resonate with our existing customers and help to attract new customers.

Our sales and operating results depend in part on our ability to predict and respond to changes in fashion trends and customer preferences in a timely manner by consistently offering stylish, quality merchandise assortments at competitive prices. We continuously assess emerging styles and trends and focus on developing a merchandise assortment to meet customer preferences. There is no assurance that these efforts will be successful or that we will be able to satisfy constantly changing customer demands. To the extent our decisions regarding our merchandise differ from our customers’ preferences, we may be faced with reduced sales and excess inventories for some products and/or missed opportunities for others. Any sustained failure to identify and respond to emerging trends in lifestyle and customer preferences and buying trends could have an adverse impact on our business. In addition, merchandise misjudgments may adversely impact the perception or reputation of our Company, which could result in declines in customer loyalty and vendor relationship issues, and ultimately have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may also seek to expand into new lines of business from time to time, such as offering large appliances for sale and offering home installation services through third-party installers. There is no assurance that these efforts will be successful. Further, if we devote time and resources to new lines of business and those businesses are not as successful as we planned, then we risk damaging our overall business results. We also may not be able to develop new lines of business in a manner that improves our overall business and operating results and may therefore be forced to close the new lines of business, which may damage our reputation and negatively impact our operating results.

Our results may be negatively impacted if customers do not maintain their favorable perception of our Company and our private brand merchandise.

Maintaining and continually enhancing the value of our Company and our private brand merchandise is important to the success of our business. The value of our private brands is based in large part on the degree to which customers perceive and react to them.  The value of our private brands could diminish significantly due to a number of factors, including customer perception that we have acted in an irresponsible manner in sourcing our private brand merchandise, adverse publicity about our private brand merchandise, our failure to maintain the quality of our private brand products, or the failure of our private brand merchandise to deliver consistently good value to the customer.  The growing use of social and digital media by customers, us, and third parties increases the speed and extent that information or misinformation and opinions can be shared. Negative posts or comments about us, our private brands, or any of our merchandise on social or digital media could seriously damage our reputation. If we do not maintain the favorable perception of our Company and our private brand merchandise, our business results could be negatively impacted.

Our ability to increase sales and store productivity is largely dependent upon our ability to increase customer traffic and conversion.

Customer traffic depends upon our ability to successfully market compelling merchandise assortments, present an appealing shopping environment and experience to customers, and attract customers to our stores through omnichannel initiatives such as pickup-in-store programs. Our strategies focus on increasing customer traffic and improving conversion in our stores and online; however, there can be no assurance that our efforts will be successful or will result in increased sales. Further, costs to drive online traffic may be higher than anticipated and actions to drive online traffic may not deliver anticipated results. In addition, external events outside of our control, including store closings by our competitors, pandemics, terrorist threats, domestic conflicts and civil unrest, may influence customers' decisions to visit malls or might otherwise cause customers to avoid public places. There is no assurance that we will be able to reverse any decline in traffic or that increases in Internet sales will offset any decline in store traffic. We may need to respond to any declines in customer traffic or conversion rates by increasing markdowns or promotions to attract customers, which could adversely impact our gross margins, operating results and cash flows from operating activities. In addition, the challenge of declining store traffic along with the growth of digital shopping channels and its diversion of sales from brick-and-mortar stores could lead to store closures and/or asset impairment charges, which could adversely impact our operating results, financial position and cash flows.

8

Table of Contents

If we are unable to manage our inventory effectively, our gross margins could be adversely affected.

Our profitability depends upon our ability to manage appropriate inventory levels and respond quickly to shifts in consumer demand patterns. We must properly execute our inventory management strategies by appropriately allocating merchandise among our stores and online, timely and efficiently distributing inventory to stores, maintaining an appropriate mix and level of inventory in stores and online, adjusting our merchandise mix between our private and exclusive brands and national brands, appropriately changing the allocation of floor space of stores among product categories to respond to customer demand and effectively managing pricing and markdowns. If we overestimate customer demand for our merchandise, we will likely need to record inventory markdowns and sell the excess inventory at clearance prices which would negatively impact our gross margins and operating results. If we underestimate customer demand for our merchandise, we may experience inventory shortages which may result in missed sales opportunities and have a negative impact on customer loyalty.

We must protect against security breaches or other unauthorized disclosures of confidential data about our customers as well as about our employees and other third parties.

As part of our normal operations, we and third-party service providers with whom we contract receive and maintain information about our customers (including credit/debit card information), our employees and other third parties. Confidential data must at all times be protected against security breaches or other unauthorized disclosure. We have, and require our third-party service providers to have, administrative, physical and technical safeguards and procedures in place to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of such information and to protect such information against unauthorized access, disclosure or acquisition. Despite our safeguards and security processes and procedures, there is no assurance that all of our systems and processes, or those of our third-party service providers, are free from vulnerability to security breaches or inadvertent data disclosure or acquisition by third parties or us. Further, because the methods used to obtain unauthorized access change frequently and may not be immediately detected, we may be unable to anticipate these methods or promptly implement safeguards. Any failure to protect confidential data about our business or our customers, employees or other third parties could materially damage our brand and reputation as well as result in significant expenses and disruptions to our operations, and loss of customer confidence, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations. We could also be subject to government enforcement actions and private litigation as a result of any such failure.

The failure to retain, attract and motivate our employees, including employees in key positions, could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

Our results depend on the contributions of our employees, including our senior management team and other key employees. This depends to a great extent on our ability to retain, attract and motivate talented employees throughout the organization, many of whom, particularly in the stores, are in entry level or part-time positions, which have historically had high rates of turnover. We currently operate with significantly fewer individuals than we have in the past who have assumed additional duties and responsibilities, which could have an adverse impact on our operating performance and efficiency. Negative media reports regarding the Company or the retail industry in general could also have an adverse impact on our ability to attract, retain and motivate our employees. If we are unable to retain, attract and motivate talented employees with the appropriate skill sets, we may not achieve our objectives and our results of operations could be adversely impacted. Our ability to meet our changing labor needs while controlling our costs is also subject to external factors such as unemployment levels, competing wages, potential union organizing efforts and government regulation. An inability to provide wages and/or benefits that are competitive within the markets in which we operate could adversely affect our ability to retain and attract employees. In addition, the loss of one or more of our key personnel or the inability to effectively identify a suitable successor to a key role in our senior management could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If we are unable to successfully develop and maintain a relevant and reliable omnichannel experience for our customers, our sales, results of operations and reputation could be adversely affected.

One of the pillars of our strategic framework is to deliver a superior omnichannel shopping experience for our customers through the integration of our store and digital shopping channels. Omnichannel retailing is rapidly evolving and we must anticipate and meet changing customer expectations. Our omnichannel initiatives include our ship-from-store and pickup-in-store programs and expansion of our SKU count online. In addition, we continue to explore ways to enhance our customers’ omnichannel shopping experience. These initiatives involve significant investments in IT systems and significant operational changes. In addition, our competitors are also investing in omnichannel initiatives, some of which may be more successful than our initiatives. For example, online and other competitors have placed an emphasis on delivery services, with customers increasingly seeking faster, guaranteed delivery times and low-price or free shipping. There is no assurance that we will be able to maintain an ability to be competitive on delivery times and delivery costs, which is dependent on many factors. If the

9

Table of Contents

implementation of our omnichannel initiatives is not successful or does not meet customer expectations, or we do not realize a return on our omnichannel investments, our reputation and operating results may be adversely affected.

Disruptions in our Internet website or mobile applications, or our inability to successfully execute our online strategies, could have an adverse impact on our sales and results of operations.

We sell merchandise over the Internet through our website, www.jcpenney.com, and through mobile applications for smart phones and tablets. Our Internet operations are subject to numerous risks, including rapid technological change and the implementation of new systems and platforms; liability for online and mobile content; violations of state or federal laws, including those relating to online and mobile privacy and intellectual property rights; credit card fraud; problems associated with the operation, security and availability of our website, mobile applications and related support systems; computer viruses; telecommunications failures; electronic break-ins and similar disruptions; and the allocation of inventory between our online operations and department stores. The failure of our website or mobile applications to perform as expected could result in disruptions and costs to our operations and make it more difficult for customers to purchase merchandise online. In addition, our inability to successfully develop and maintain the necessary technological interfaces for our customers to purchase merchandise through our website and mobile applications, including user friendly software applications for smart phones and tablets, could result in the loss of Internet sales and have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

Our operations are dependent on information technology systems; disruptions in those systems or increased costs relating to their implementation could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

Our operations are dependent upon the integrity, security and consistent operation of various systems and data centers, including the point-of-sale systems in the stores, our Internet website and mobile applications, data centers that process transactions, communication systems and various software applications used throughout our Company to track inventory flow, process transactions, generate performance and financial reports and administer payroll and benefit plans.

We have implemented several products from third party vendors to simplify our processes and reduce our use of customized existing legacy systems and expect to place additional applications into operation in the future. Implementing new systems carries substantial risk, including implementation delays, cost overruns, disruption of operations, potential loss of data or information, lower customer satisfaction resulting in lost customers or sales, inability to deliver merchandise to our stores or our customers, the potential inability to meet reporting requirements and unintentional security vulnerabilities. There can be no assurances that we will successfully launch the new systems as planned, that the new systems will perform as expected or that the new systems will be implemented without disruptions to our operations, any of which may cause critical information upon which we rely to be delayed, unreliable, corrupted, insufficient or inaccessible.

We also outsource various information technology functions to third party service providers and may outsource other functions in the future. We rely on those third party service providers to provide services on a timely and effective basis and their failure to perform as expected or as required by contract could result in disruptions and costs to our operations.

Our vendors are also highly dependent on the use of information technology systems. Major disruptions in their information technology systems could result in their inability to communicate with us or otherwise to process our transactions or information, their inability to perform required functions, or in the loss or corruption of our information, any and all of which could result in disruptions to our operations. Our vendors are responsible for having safeguards and procedures in place to protect the confidentiality, integrity and security of our information, and to protect our information and systems against unauthorized access, disclosure or acquisition. Any failure in their systems to operate or in their ability to protect our information or systems could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

We are in the process of insourcing certain business functions from third party vendors and may seek to relocate certain business functions to international locations in an attempt to achieve additional efficiencies, both of which subject us to risks, including disruptions in our business.

We are in the process of insourcing certain business functions and may also need to continue to insource other aspects of our business in the future in order to effectively manage our costs and stay competitive. We may also seek from time to time to relocate certain business functions to countries other than the United States to access highly skilled labor markets and further control costs. There is no assurance that these efforts will be successful. In addition, future regulatory developments could hinder our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of these actions. These actions may also cause disruptions that negatively impact our business. If we are ultimately unable to perform insourced functions better than, or at least as well as, our current

10

Table of Contents

third party providers, or otherwise realize the anticipated benefits of these actions, our operating results could be adversely impacted.

Changes in our credit ratings may limit our access to capital markets and adversely affect our liquidity.

The credit rating agencies periodically review our capital structure and the quality and stability of our earnings. Any downgrades to our long-term credit ratings could result in reduced access to the credit and capital markets and higher interest costs on future financings. The future availability of financing will depend on a variety of factors such as economic and market conditions, the availability of credit and our credit ratings, as well as the possibility that lenders could develop a negative perception of us. There is no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional financing on favorable terms or at all.

Our profitability depends on our ability to source merchandise and deliver it to our customers in a timely and cost-effective manner.

Our merchandise is sourced from a wide variety of suppliers, and our business depends on being able to find qualified suppliers and access products in a timely and efficient manner. Inflationary pressures on commodity prices and other input costs could increase our cost of goods, and an inability to pass such cost increases on to our customers or a change in our merchandise mix as a result of such cost increases could have an adverse impact on our profitability. Additionally, the impact of economic conditions on our suppliers cannot be predicted and our suppliers may be unable to access financing or become insolvent and thus become unable to supply us with products. Developments in tax policy, such as the disallowance of tax deductions for imported merchandise, or the imposition of tariffs on imported merchandise, could further have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and liquidity.

Our arrangements with our suppliers and vendors may be impacted by our financial results or financial position .

Substantially all of our merchandise suppliers and vendors sell to us on open account purchase terms. There is a risk that our key suppliers and vendors could respond to any actual or apparent decrease in or any concern with our financial results or liquidity by requiring or conditioning their sale of merchandise to us on more stringent or more costly payment terms, such as by requiring standby letters of credit, earlier or advance payment of invoices, payment upon delivery or other assurances or credit support or by choosing not to sell merchandise to us on a timely basis or at all. Our arrangements with our suppliers and vendors may also be impacted by media reports regarding our financial position. Our need for additional liquidity could significantly increase and our supply of merchandise could be materially disrupted if a significant portion of our key suppliers and vendors took one or more of the actions described above, which could have a material adverse effect on our sales, customer satisfaction, cash flows, liquidity and financial position.

Our senior secured real estate term loan credit facility is secured by certain of our real property and substantially all of our personal property, and such property may be subject to foreclosure or other remedies in the event of our default. In addition, the real estate term loan credit facility contains provisions that could restrict our operations and our ability to obtain additional financing.

We are (i) party to a $1.688 billion senior secured term loan credit facility and (ii) the issuer of $500 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes that are secured by mortgages on certain real property of the Company, in addition to liens on substantially all personal property of the Company, subject to certain exclusions set forth in the security documents relating to the term loan credit facility and the senior secured notes. The real property subject to mortgages under the term loan credit facility and the indenture governing the senior secured notes includes our distribution centers and certain of our stores.

The credit and guaranty agreement governing the term loan credit facility and the indenture governing the senior secured notes contain operating restrictions which may impact our future alternatives by limiting, without lender consent, our ability to borrow additional funds, execute certain equity financings or enter into dispositions or other liquidity enhancing or strategic transactions regarding certain of our assets, including our real property. Our ability to obtain additional or other financing or to dispose of certain assets could also be negatively impacted because a substantial portion of our owned assets have been pledged as collateral for repayment of our indebtedness under the term loan credit facility and the senior secured notes.

If an event of default occurs and is continuing, our outstanding obligations under the term loan credit facility and the senior secured notes could be declared immediately due and payable or the lenders could foreclose on or exercise other remedies with respect to the assets securing the term loan credit facility and the senior secured notes, including our distribution centers and certain of our stores. If an event of default occurs, there is no assurance that we would have the cash resources available to repay such accelerated obligations or refinance such indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. The occurrence

11

Table of Contents

of any one of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Our senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility limits our borrowing capacity to the value of certain of our assets. In addition, our senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility is secured by certain of our personal property, and lenders may exercise remedies against the collateral in the event of our default.

We are party to a $2.35 billion senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility. Our borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility varies according to the Company’s inventory levels, accounts receivable and credit card receivables, net of certain reserves. In the event of any material decrease in the amount of or appraised value of these assets, our borrowing capacity would similarly decrease, which could adversely impact our business and liquidity.

Our revolving credit facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and certain restrictions on operations become applicable if our availability falls below certain thresholds. These covenants could impose significant operating and financial limitations and restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to enter into particular transactions and to engage in other actions that we may believe are advisable or necessary for our business.

Our obligations under the revolving credit facility are secured by liens with respect to inventory, accounts receivable, deposit accounts and certain related collateral. In the event of a default that is not cured or waived within any applicable cure periods, the lenders’ commitment to extend further credit under our revolving credit facility could be terminated, our outstanding obligations could become immediately due and payable, outstanding letters of credit may be required to be cash collateralized and remedies may be exercised against the collateral, which generally consists of the Company’s inventory, accounts receivable and deposit accounts and cash credited thereto. If we are unable to borrow under our revolving credit facility, we may not have the necessary cash resources for our operations and, if any event of default occurs, there is no assurance that we would have the cash resources available to repay such accelerated obligations, refinance such indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or cash collateralize our letters of credit, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Our level of indebtedness may adversely affect our business and results of operations and may require the use of our available cash resources to meet repayment obligations, which could reduce the cash available for other purposes.

As of January 28, 2017 , we have $4.836 billion in total indebtedness and we are highly leveraged. Our level of indebtedness may limit our ability to obtain additional financing, if needed, to fund additional projects, working capital requirements, capital expenditures, debt service, and other general corporate or other obligations, as well as increase the risks to our business associated with general adverse economic and industry conditions. Our level of indebtedness may also place us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors that are not as highly leveraged. In addition, developments in tax policy, such as the disallowance of tax deductions for interest paid on outstanding indebtedness, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and liquidity.

We are required to make quarterly repayments in a principal amount equal to $10.55 million during the seven-year term of the real estate term loan credit facility, subject to certain reductions for mandatory and optional prepayments. In addition, we are required to make prepayments of the real estate term loan credit facility with the proceeds of certain asset sales, insurance proceeds and excess cash flow, which could reduce the cash available for other purposes, including capital expenditures for store improvements, and could impact our ability to reinvest in other areas of our business.

There is no assurance that our internal and external sources of liquidity will at all times be sufficient for our cash requirements.

We must have sufficient sources of liquidity to fund our working capital requirements, capital improvement plans, service our outstanding indebtedness and finance investment opportunities. The principal sources of our liquidity are funds generated from operating activities, available cash and cash equivalents, borrowings under our credit facilities, other debt financings, equity financings and sales of non-operating assets. We expect our ability to generate cash through the sale of non-operating assets to diminish as our portfolio of non-operating assets decreases. In addition, our recent operating losses have limited our capital resources. Our ability to achieve our business and cash flow plans is based on a number of assumptions which involve significant judgments and estimates of future performance, borrowing capacity and credit availability, which cannot at all times be assured. Accordingly, there is no assurance that cash flows from operations and other internal and external sources of liquidity will at all times be sufficient for our cash requirements. If necessary, we may need to consider actions and steps to improve our cash position and mitigate any potential liquidity shortfall, such as modifying our business plan, pursuing

12

Table of Contents

additional financing to the extent available, reducing capital expenditures, pursuing and evaluating other alternatives and opportunities to obtain additional sources of liquidity and other potential actions to reduce costs. There can be no assurance that any of these actions would be successful, sufficient or available on favorable terms. Any inability to generate or obtain sufficient levels of liquidity to meet our cash requirements at the level and times needed could have a material adverse impact on our business and financial position.

Our ability to obtain any additional financing or any refinancing of our debt, if needed at any time, depends upon many factors, including our existing level of indebtedness and restrictions in our debt facilities, historical business performance, financial projections, prospects and creditworthiness and external economic conditions and general liquidity in the credit and capital markets. Any additional debt, equity or equity-linked financing may require modification of our existing debt agreements, which there is no assurance would be obtainable. Any additional financing or refinancing could also be extended only at higher costs and require us to satisfy more restrictive covenants, which could further limit or restrict our business and results of operations, or be dilutive to our stockholders.

Our use of interest rate hedging transactions could expose us to risks and financial losses that may adversely affect our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

To reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations, we have entered into, and in the future may enter into, interest rate swaps with various financial counterparties. The interest rate swap agreements effectively convert a portion of our variable rate interest payments to a fixed price. There can be no assurances, however, that our hedging activity will be effective in insulating us from the risks associated with changes in interest rates. In addition, our hedging transactions may expose us to certain risks and financial losses, including, among other things:

counterparty credit risk;

the risk that the duration or amount of the hedge may not match the duration or amount of the related liability;

the hedging transactions may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with accounting rules to reflect changes in fair values, downward adjustments or “mark-to-market losses,” which would affect our stockholders’ equity; and

the risk that we may not be able to meet the terms and conditions of the hedging instruments, in which case we may be required to settle the instruments prior to maturity with cash payments that could significantly affect our liquidity.

Further, we have designated the swaps as cash flow hedges in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging . However, in the future, we may fail to qualify for hedge accounting treatment under these standards for a number of reasons, including if we fail to satisfy hedge documentation and hedge effectiveness assessment requirements or if the swaps are not highly effective. If we fail to qualify for hedge accounting treatment, losses on the swaps caused by the change in their fair value will be recognized as part of net income, rather than being recognized as part of other comprehensive income.

Operating results and cash flows may cause us to incur asset impairment charges.

Long-lived assets, primarily property and equipment, are reviewed at the store level at least annually for impairment, or whenever changes in circumstances indicate that a full recovery of net asset values through future cash flows is in question.  We also assess the recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. Our impairment review requires us to make estimates and projections regarding, but not limited to, sales, operating profit and future cash flows.  If our operating performance reflects a sustained decline, we may be exposed to significant asset impairment charges in future periods, which could be material to our results of operations.

Reductions in income and cash flow from our marketing and servicing arrangement related to our private label and co-branded credit cards could adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

Synchrony Financial (“Synchrony”) owns and services our private label credit card and co-branded MasterCard® programs. Our agreement with Synchrony provides for certain payments to be made by Synchrony to the Company, including a share of revenues from the performance of the credit card portfolios. The income and cash flow that the Company receives from Synchrony is dependent upon a number of factors including the level of sales on private label and co-branded accounts, the percentage of sales on private label and co-branded accounts relative to the Company’s total sales, the level of balances carried

13

Table of Contents

on the accounts, payment rates on the accounts, finance charge rates and other fees on the accounts, the level of credit losses for the accounts, Synchrony’s ability to extend credit to our customers as well as the cost of customer rewards programs. All of these factors can vary based on changes in federal and state credit card, banking and consumer protection laws, which could also materially limit the availability of credit to consumers or increase the cost of credit to our cardholders. The factors affecting the income and cash flow that the Company receives from Synchrony can also vary based on a variety of economic, legal, social and other factors that we cannot control. If the income or cash flow that the Company receives from our consumer credit card program agreement with Synchrony decreases, our operating results and cash flows could be adversely affected.

We are subject to risks associated with importing merchandise from foreign countries.

A substantial portion of our merchandise is sourced by our vendors and by us outside of the United States. All of our vendors must comply with our supplier legal compliance program and applicable laws, including consumer and product safety laws. Although we diversify our sourcing and production by country and supplier, the failure of a supplier to produce and deliver our goods on time, to meet our quality standards and adhere to our product safety requirements or to meet the requirements of our supplier compliance program or applicable laws, or our inability to flow merchandise to our stores or through the Internet channel in the right quantities at the right time, could adversely affect our profitability and could result in damage to our reputation.

Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to facilitate compliance with laws and regulations relating to doing business in foreign markets and importing merchandise from abroad, there can be no assurance that suppliers and other third parties with whom we do business will not violate such laws and regulations or our policies, which could subject us to liability and could adversely affect our results of operations.

We are subject to the various risks of importing merchandise from abroad and purchasing product made in foreign countries, such as:

potential disruptions in manufacturing, logistics and supply;

changes in duties, tariffs, quotas and voluntary export restrictions on imported merchandise;

strikes and other events affecting delivery;

consumer perceptions of the safety of imported merchandise;

product compliance with laws and regulations of the destination country;

product liability claims from customers or penalties from government agencies relating to products that are recalled, defective or otherwise noncompliant or alleged to be harmful;

concerns about human rights, working conditions and other labor rights and conditions and environmental impact in foreign countries where merchandise is produced and raw materials or components are sourced, and changing labor, environmental and other laws in these countries;

local business practice and political issues that may result in adverse publicity or threatened or actual adverse consumer actions, including boycotts;

compliance with laws and regulations concerning ethical business practices, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; and

economic, political or other problems in countries from or through which merchandise is imported.

Political or financial instability, trade restrictions, tariffs, currency exchange rates, labor conditions, congestion and labor issues at major ports, transport capacity and costs, systems issues, problems in third party distribution and warehousing and other interruptions of the supply chain, compliance with U.S. and foreign laws and regulations and other factors relating to international trade and imported merchandise beyond our control could affect the availability and the price of our inventory. These risks and other factors relating to foreign trade could subject us to liability or hinder our ability to access suitable merchandise on acceptable terms, which could adversely impact our results of operations. In addition, developments in

14

Table of Contents

tax policy, such as the disallowance of tax deductions for imported merchandise, or the imposition of tariffs on imported merchandise, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and liquidity.

Disruptions and congestion at ports through which we import merchandise may increase our costs and/or delay the receipt of goods in our stores, which could adversely impact our profitability, financial position and cash flows.

We ship the majority of our private brand merchandise by ocean to ports in the United States. Our national brand suppliers also
ship merchandise by ocean. Disruptions in the operations of ports through which we import our merchandise, including but not
limited to labor disputes involving work slowdowns, lockouts or strikes, could require us and/or our vendors to ship merchandise by air freight or to alternative ports in the United States. Shipping by air is significantly more expensive than shipping by ocean which could adversely affect our profitability. Similarly, shipping to alternative ports in the United States could result in increased lead times and transportation costs. Disruptions at ports through which we import our goods could also result in unanticipated inventory shortages, which could adversely impact our reputation and our results of operations.

Our Company’s growth and profitability depend on the levels of consumer confidence and spending.

Our results of operations are sensitive to changes in overall economic and political conditions that impact consumer spending, including discretionary spending. Many economic factors outside of our control, including the housing market, interest rates, recession, inflation and deflation, energy costs and availability, consumer credit availability and terms, consumer debt levels, tax rates and policy, and unemployment trends influence consumer confidence and spending. The domestic and international political situation and actions also affect consumer confidence and spending. Additional events that could impact our performance include pandemics, terrorist threats and activities, worldwide military and domestic disturbances and conflicts, political instability and civil unrest. Declines in the level of consumer spending could adversely affect our growth and profitability.

Our business is seasonal, which impacts our results of operations.

Our annual earnings and cash flows depend to a great extent on the results of operations for the last quarter of our fiscal year, which includes the holiday season. Our fiscal fourth-quarter results may fluctuate significantly, based on many factors, including holiday spending patterns and weather conditions. This seasonality causes our operating results to vary considerably from quarter to quarter.

Our profitability may be impacted by weather conditions.

Our merchandise assortments reflect assumptions regarding expected weather patterns and our profitability depends on our ability to timely deliver seasonally appropriate inventory. Unseasonable or unexpected weather conditions such as warm temperatures during the winter season or prolonged or extreme periods of warm or cold temperatures could render a portion of our inventory incompatible with consumer needs. Extreme weather or natural disasters could also severely hinder our ability to timely deliver seasonally appropriate merchandise, preclude customers from traveling to our stores, delay capital improvements or cause us to close stores. A reduction in the demand for or supply of our seasonal merchandise could have an adverse effect on our inventory levels, gross margins and results of operations.

Changes in federal, state or local laws and regulations could increase our expenses and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our business is subject to a wide array of laws and regulations. Government intervention and activism and/or regulatory reform may result in substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations and/or changes in the interpretation of existing laws and regulations, which may lead to additional compliance costs as well as the diversion of our management’s time and attention from strategic initiatives. If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations we could be subject to legal risk, including government enforcement action and class action civil litigation that could disrupt our operations and increase our costs of doing business. Changes in the regulatory environment regarding topics such as privacy and information security, tax policy, product safety, environmental protection, including regulations in response to concerns regarding climate change, collective bargaining activities, minimum wage, wage and hour, and health care mandates, among others, as well as changes to applicable accounting rules and regulations, such as changes to lease accounting standards, could also cause our compliance costs to increase and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.




15

Table of Contents

Legal and regulatory proceedings could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

Our Company is subject to various legal and regulatory proceedings relating to our business, certain of which may involve jurisdictions with reputations for aggressive application of laws and procedures against corporate defendants. We are impacted by trends in litigation, including class action litigation brought under various consumer protection, employment, and privacy and information security laws. In addition, litigation risks related to claims that technologies we use infringe intellectual property rights of third parties have been amplified by the increase in third parties whose primary business is to assert such claims. Reserves are established based on our best estimates of our potential liability. However, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation. Regardless of the outcome or whether the claims are meritorious, legal and regulatory proceedings may require that we devote substantial time and expense to defend our Company. Unfavorable rulings could result in a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Significant changes in discount rates, actual investment return on pension assets, and other factors could affect our earnings, equity, and pension contributions in future periods.

Our earnings may be positively or negatively impacted by the amount of income or expense recorded for our qualified pension plan. Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP) require that income or expense for the plan be calculated at the annual measurement date using actuarial assumptions and calculations. The most significant assumptions relate to the capital markets, interest rates and other economic conditions. Changes in key economic indicators can change the assumptions. Two critical assumptions used to estimate pension income or expense for the year are the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the discount rate. In addition, at the measurement date, we must also reflect the funded status of the plan (assets and liabilities) on the balance sheet, which may result in a significant change to equity through a reduction or increase to other comprehensive income. We may also experience volatility in the amount of the annual actuarial gains or losses recognized as income or expense because we have elected to recognize pension expense using mark-to-market accounting. Although GAAP expense and pension contributions are not directly related, the key economic factors that affect GAAP expense would also likely affect the amount of cash we could be required to contribute to the pension plan. Potential pension contributions include both mandatory amounts required under federal law and discretionary contributions to improve a plan’s funded status.

Our stock price has been and may continue to be volatile.

The market price of our common stock has fluctuated substantially and may continue to fluctuate significantly. Future announcements or disclosures concerning us or any of our competitors, our strategic initiatives, our sales and profitability, our financial condition, any quarterly variations in actual or anticipated operating results or comparable sales, any failure to meet analysts’ expectations and sales of large blocks of our common stock, among other factors, could cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. In addition, the stock market has experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market price of many retail and other stocks that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. This volatility could affect the price at which you could sell shares of our common stock.

Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. The Company and certain of our former members of the Board of Directors and executives are defendants in a consolidated class action lawsuit and two related stockholder derivative actions that were filed following our announcement of an issuance of common stock on September 26, 2013. Such litigation could result in substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources and have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company’s ability to use net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be limited.

The Company has a federal net operating loss (NOL) of $2.2 billion as of January 28, 2017 . These NOL carryforwards (expiring in 2032 through 2034) are available to offset future taxable income. The Company may recognize additional NOLs in the future.

Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), imposes an annual limitation on the amount of taxable income that may be offset by a corporation's NOLs if the corporation experiences an “ownership change” as defined in Section 382 of the Code. An ownership change occurs when the Company’s “five-percent shareholders” (as defined in Section 382 of the Code) collectively increase their ownership in the Company by more than 50 percentage points (by value)

16

Table of Contents

over a rolling three-year period. Additionally, various states have similar limitations on the use of state NOLs following an ownership change.

If an ownership change occurs, the amount of the taxable income for any post-change year that may be offset by a pre-change loss is subject to an annual limitation that is cumulative to the extent it is not all utilized in a year. This limitation is derived by multiplying the fair market value of the Company stock as of the ownership change by the applicable federal long-term tax-exempt rate, which was 2.04% at January 28, 2017 . To the extent that a company has a net unrealized built-in gain at the time of an ownership change, which is realized or deemed recognized during the five-year period following the ownership change, there is an increase in the annual limitation for each of the first five-years that is cumulative to the extent it is not all utilized in a year.

The Company has an ongoing study of the rolling three-year testing periods. Based upon the elections the Company has made and the information that has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission through  January 28, 2017 , the Company has not had a Section 382 ownership change through January 28, 2017 .

If an ownership change should occur in the future, the Company’s ability to use the NOL to offset future taxable income will be subject to an annual limitation and will depend on the amount of taxable income generated by the Company in future periods. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to fully utilize the NOL and the Company could be required to record an additional valuation allowance related to the amount of the NOL that may not be realized, which could impact the Company’s result of operations.

We believe that these NOL carryforwards are a valuable asset for us.  Consequently, we have a stockholder rights plan in place, which was approved by the Company’s stockholders, to protect our NOLs during the effective period of the rights plan.  On January 23, 2017, we extended the term of the rights plan for an additional three years. We expect to submit the extension of the rights plan to a vote at our annual meeting of stockholders in May 2017. If stockholders do not approve the extension of the rights plan, the rights plan will terminate. Although the rights plan is intended to reduce the likelihood of an “ownership change” that could adversely affect us, there is no assurance that the restrictions on transferability in the rights plan will prevent all transfers that could result in such an “ownership change”.
 
The rights plan could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from acquiring, our Company or a large block of our common stock.  A third party that acquires 4.9% or more of our common stock could suffer substantial dilution of its ownership interest under the terms of the rights plan through the issuance of common stock or common stock equivalents to all stockholders other than the acquiring person.

The foregoing provisions may adversely affect the marketability of our common stock by discouraging potential investors from acquiring our stock.  In addition, these provisions could delay or frustrate the removal of incumbent directors and could make more difficult a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us, or impede an attempt to acquire a significant or controlling interest in us, even if such events might be beneficial to us and our stockholders. 
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 
 
None. 

17

Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties
 
At January 28, 2017 , we operated 1,013 department stores throughout the continental United States, Alaska and Puerto Rico, of which 417 were owned, including 119 stores located on ground leases. The following table lists the number of stores operating by state as of January 28, 2017 :
Alabama
 
19
 
Maine
 
6
 
Oklahoma
 
19
Alaska
 
1
 
Maryland
 
17
 
Oregon
 
13
Arizona
 
22
 
Massachusetts
 
10
 
Pennsylvania
 
34
Arkansas
 
16
 
Michigan
 
41
 
Rhode Island
 
2
California
 
80
 
Minnesota
 
25
 
South Carolina
 
16
Colorado
 
21
 
Mississippi
 
15
 
South Dakota
 
7
Connecticut
 
8
 
Missouri
 
26
 
Tennessee
 
24
Delaware
 
3
 
Montana
 
7
 
Texas
 
91
Florida
 
55
 
Nebraska
 
11
 
Utah
 
8
Georgia
 
27
 
Nevada
 
7
 
Vermont
 
4
Idaho
 
9
 
New Hampshire
 
9
 
Virginia
 
24
Illinois
 
37
 
New Jersey
 
14
 
Washington
 
22
Indiana
 
27
 
New Mexico
 
10
 
West Virginia
 
9
Iowa
 
15
 
New York
 
41
 
Wisconsin
 
14
Kansas
 
19
 
North Carolina
 
29
 
Wyoming
 
4
Kentucky
 
22
 
North Dakota
 
8
 
Puerto Rico
 
7
Louisiana
 
16
 
Ohio
 
42
 
 
 
 
Total square feet
 
103.3 million
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

We are party to a $1.688 billion senior secured term loan credit facility and the issuer of $500 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes that are secured by mortgages on certain real property of the Company, in addition to liens on substantially all personal property of the Company, subject to certain exclusions set forth in the security documents relating to the term loan credit facility and the senior secured notes. The real property subject to mortgages under the term loan credit facility and the indenture governing the senior secured notes includes our distribution centers and certain of our stores.




18

Table of Contents

At January 28, 2017 , our supply chain network operated 13 facilities with multiple types of distribution activities, including store merchandise distribution centers (stores), regional warehouses (regional), jcpenney.com fulfillment centers (direct to customers) and furniture distribution centers (furniture) as indicated in the following table:
 
  
 
    
 
 
Square Footage
Location
 
Leased/Owned
 
Primary Function(s)
 
(in thousands)
Manchester, Connecticut
  
Owned
    
stores, furniture
 
2,120

Lenexa, Kansas
  
Owned
    
stores, direct to customers
 
1,944

Columbus, Ohio
  
Owned
    
stores, direct to customers
 
1,941

Milwaukee, Wisconsin
  
Owned
    
stores, furniture
 
1,921

Atlanta, Georgia
  
Owned
    
stores, regional, direct to customers
 
2,026

Reno, Nevada
  
Owned
    
stores, direct to customers
 
1,660

Buena Park, California
  
Owned
    
stores, regional, furniture
 
1,017

Alliance, Texas
  
Owned
    
regional
 
920

Statesville, North Carolina
  
Owned
    
stores, regional
 
595

Lathrop, California
  
Leased
    
regional
 
436

Cedar Hill, Texas
  
Leased
    
stores
 
420

Spanish Fork, Utah
  
Leased
    
stores
 
400

Lakeland, Florida
 
Leased
 
stores
 
360

Total supply chain network
 
 
 
 
 
15,760


Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The matters under the caption "Litigation" in Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K are incorporated herein by reference.   
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
 
Not applicable.   

19

Table of Contents

PART II 
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity
 
Our common stock is traded principally on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol “JCP.” The number of stockholders of record at March 20, 2017 , was 23,320.  In addition to common stock, we have authorized 25 million shares of preferred stock, of which no shares were issued and outstanding at January 28, 2017 .
 
The table below sets forth the quoted high and low intraday sale prices of our common stock on the NYSE for each quarterly period indicated and the quarter-end closing market price of our common stock:
Fiscal Year 2016
 
First Quarter
 
Second Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Fourth Quarter
Market price:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

High
 
$
11.99

 
$
9.82

 
$
11.30

 
$
10.74

Low
 
$
6.88

 
$
7.10

 
$
8.25

 
$
6.38

Close
 
$
9.28

 
$
9.66

 
$
8.48

 
$
6.45

Fiscal Year 2015
 
First Quarter
 
Second Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Fourth Quarter
Market price:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

High
 
$
9.50

 
$
9.39

 
$
10.09

 
$
9.34

Low
 
$
7.01

 
$
8.02

 
$
7.21

 
$
6.00

Close
 
$
8.43

 
$
8.24

 
$
9.17

 
$
7.26

 
Since May 2012, the Company has not paid a dividend. Under our 2016 senior secured term loan credit facility and 2014 senior secured asset-based credit facility, we are subject to restrictive covenants regarding our ability to pay cash dividends.
 
Additional information relating to the common stock and preferred stock is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and in Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Issuer Purchases of Securities
 
No repurchases of common stock were made during the fourth quarter of 2016 and no amounts are authorized for share repurchases as of January 28, 2017 .


20

Table of Contents

Five-Year Total Stockholder Return Comparison
 
The following presentation compares our cumulative stockholder returns for the past five fiscal years with the returns of the S&P 500 Stock Index and the S&P 500 Retail Index for Department Stores over the same period. A list of these companies follows the graph below. The graph assumes $100 invested at the closing price of our common stock on the NYSE and each index as of the last trading day of our fiscal year 2011 and assumes that all dividends were reinvested on the date paid. The points on the graph represent fiscal year-end amounts based on the last trading day of each fiscal year. The following graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.


JCP-01282_CHARTX03054.JPG

S&P Department Stores:
Macy’s, Kohl’s, Nordstrom
 
 
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
JCPenney
 
$100
 
$47
 
$14
 
$18
 
$18
 
$16
S&P 500
 
100
 
117
 
141
 
162
 
160
 
194
S&P Department Stores
 
100
 
102
 
120
 
149
 
108
 
87
 
The stockholder returns shown are neither determinative nor indicative of future performance.

21

Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data
 
Five-Year Financial Summary
($ in millions, except per share data)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013

2012
 
Results for the year
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total net sales
$
12,547

 
$
12,625

 
$
12,257

 
$
11,859

 
$
12,985

 
Sales percent increase/(decrease):
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
Total net sales
(0.6
)%
 
3.0
 %
 
3.4
 %
 
(8.7
)%
(1)  
(24.8
)%
(1)  
Comparable store sales (2)
 %
 
4.5
 %
 
4.4
 %
 
(7.4
)%
 
(25.1
)%
 
Operating income/(loss)
395

 
(89
)
 
(254
)
 
(1,242
)
 
(1,001
)
 
As a percent of sales
3.1
 %
 
(0.7
)%
 
(2.1
)%
 
(10.5
)%
 
(7.7
)%
 
Net income/(loss) from continuing operations
1

 
(513
)
 
(717
)
 
(1,278
)
 
(795
)
 
Net income/(loss) from continuing operations before net interest expense, income tax (benefit)/expense and depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) (non-GAAP) (3)
1,004

 
527

 
377

 
(641
)
 
(458
)
 
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) (3)
1,009

 
715

 
292

 
(612
)
 
(373
)
 
Adjusted net income/(loss) from continuing operations (non-GAAP) (3)
24

 
(315
)
 
(766
)
 
(1,407
)
 
(751
)
 
Per common share
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
Earnings/(loss) per share from continuing operations, diluted
$

 
$
(1.68
)
 
$
(2.35
)
 
$
(5.13
)
 
$
(3.63
)
 
Adjusted earnings/(loss) per share from continuing operations, diluted (non-GAAP) (3)
$
0.08

 
$
(1.03
)
 
$
(2.51
)
 
$
(5.64
)
 
$
(3.43
)
 
Dividends declared (4)

 

 

 

 
0.20

 
Financial position and cash flow
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
Total assets
$
9,314

 
$
9,442

 
$
10,309

 
$
11,710

 
$
9,761


Cash and cash equivalents
887

 
900

 
1,318

 
1,515

 
930

 
Total debt (5)
4,836

 
4,805

 
5,321

 
5,510

 
2,962

 
Free cash flow (non-GAAP) (3)
3

 
131

 
57

 
(2,746
)
 
(906
)
 
 
(1)
Includes the effect of the 53rd week in 2012. Excluding sales of $163 million for the 53rd week in 2012, total net sales decreased 7.5% and 25.7% in 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(2)
Comparable store sales are presented on a 52-week basis and include sales from all stores, including sales from services and commissions earned from our in-store licensed departments, that have been open for 12 consecutive full fiscal months and Internet sales. Stores closed for an extended period are not included in comparable store sales calculations, while stores remodeled and minor expansions not requiring store closure remain in the calculations. Certain items, such as sales return estimates and store liquidation sales, are excluded from the Company's calculation. Our definition and calculation of comparable store sales may differ from other companies in the retail industry.
(3)
See Non-GAAP Financial Measures herein for additional information and reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. In 2016, we revised our definitions of Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP), Adjusted net income/(loss) from continuing operations (non-GAAP) and Adjusted earnings/(loss) per share from continuing operations, diluted (non-GAAP) to include the mark-to-market adjustment for supplemental retirement plans and have revised the prior years' amounts accordingly.
(4)
We discontinued the quarterly $0.20 per share dividend following the May 1, 2012 payment.
(5)
Total debt includes long-term debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs, including current maturities, capital leases, financing obligation, note payable and any borrowings under our revolving credit facility.











22

Table of Contents

Five-Year Operations Summary
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
Number of department stores:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning of year
 
1,021

 
1,062

 
1,094

 
1,104

 
1,102

 
Openings
 
1

 

 
1

 

 
9

(1)  
Closings
 
(9
)
 
(41
)
 
(33
)
 
(10
)
 
(7
)
(1)  
End of year
 
1,013

 
1,021

 
1,062

 
1,094

 
1,104

 
Gross selling space (square feet in millions)
 
103.3

 
104.7

 
107.9

 
110.6

 
111.6

 
Sales per gross square foot (2)
 
$
121

 
$
120

 
$
113

 
$
107

 
$
116

 
Sales per net selling square foot (2)
 
$
166

 
$
165

 
$
155

 
$
147

 
$
161

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of the Foundry Big and Tall Supply Co. stores (3)
 

 

 

 
10

 
10

 
 
(1)
Includes 3 relocations.
(2)
Calculation includes the sales, including commission revenue, and square footage of department stores, including selling space allocated to services and licensed departments, that were open for the full fiscal year, as well as Internet sales.
(3)
All stores opened during 2011 and closed during 2014. Gross selling space was 51 thousand square feet as of the end of 2013 and 2012.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures
 
We report our financial information in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP). However, we present certain financial measures and ratios identified as non-GAAP under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to assess our results. We believe the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures and ratios is useful in order to better understand our financial performance as well as to facilitate the comparison of our results to the results of our peer companies. In addition, management uses these non-GAAP financial measures and ratios to assess the results of our operations. It is important to view non-GAAP financial measures in addition to, rather than as a substitute for, those measures and ratios prepared in accordance with GAAP. We have provided reconciliations of the most directly comparable GAAP measures to our non-GAAP financial measures presented.

The following non-GAAP financial measures are adjusted to exclude the impact of markdowns related to the alignment of inventory with our prior strategy, restructuring and management transition charges, the impact of our qualified defined benefit pension plan (Primary Pension Plan), the mark-to-market (MTM) adjustment for supplemental retirement plans, the loss on extinguishment of debt, the net gain on the sale of non-operating assets, certain net gains, the proportional share of net income from our joint venture formed to develop the excess property adjacent to our home office facility in Plano, Texas (Home Office Land Joint Venture) and the tax impact for the allocation of income taxes to other comprehensive income items related to our Primary Pension Plan and interest rate swaps. Unlike other operating expenses, the impact of the markdowns related to the alignment of inventory with our prior strategy, restructuring and management transition charges, the loss on extinguishment of debt, the net gain on the sale of non-operating assets, certain net gains, the proportional share of net income from the Home Office Land Joint Venture and the tax impact for the allocation of income taxes to other comprehensive income items related to our Primary Pension Plan and interest rate swaps are not directly related to our ongoing core business operations. Primary Pension Plan expense/(income) and the mark-to-market adjustment for supplemental retirement plans are determined using numerous complex assumptions about changes in pension assets and liabilities that are subject to factors beyond our control, such as market volatility.  Accordingly, we eliminate our Primary Pension Plan expense/(income) in its entirety as we view all components of net periodic benefit expense/(income) as a single, net amount, consistent with its presentation in our Consolidated Financial Statements.  We believe it is useful for investors to understand the impact of markdowns related to the alignment of inventory with our prior strategy, restructuring and management transition charges, Primary Pension Plan expense/(income), the mark-to-market adjustment for supplemental retirement plans, the loss on extinguishment of debt, the net gain on the sale of non-operating assets, certain net gains, the proportional share of net income from the Home Office Land Joint Venture and the tax impact for the allocation of income taxes to other comprehensive income items related to our Primary Pension Plan and interest rate swaps on our financial results and therefore are presenting the following non-GAAP financial measures: (1) adjusted EBITDA; (2) adjusted net income/(loss); and (3) adjusted earnings/(loss) per share-diluted.

In addition, we believe that EBITDA is a useful measure in assessing our operating performance and are therefore presenting this non-GAAP financial measure in addition to the non-GAAP financial measures listed above.



23

Table of Contents

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA . The following table reconciles net income/(loss), the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP financial measures:
($ in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
Net income/(loss) from continuing operations
$
1

 
$
(513
)
 
$
(717
)
 
$
(1,278
)
 
$
(795
)
 
Add: Net interest expense
363

 
405

 
406

 
352

 
226

 
Add: Loss on extinguishment of debt
30

 
10

 
34

 
114

 

 
Total interest expense
393

 
415

 
440

 
466

 
226

 
Add: Income tax expense/(benefit)
1

 
9

 
23

 
(430
)
 
(432
)
 
Add: Depreciation and amortization
609

 
616

 
631

 
601

 
543

 
EBITDA (non-GAAP)
1,004

 
527

 
377

 
(641
)
 
(458
)
 
Add: Markdowns - inventory strategy alignment

 

 

 

 
155

 
Add: Restructuring and management transition charges
26

 
84

 
87

 
215

 
298

 
Add: Primary pension plan expense/(income)
1

 
154

(1)  
(18
)
 
(52
)
 
(18
)
 
Add: Mark-to-market adjustment for supplemental retirement plans (2)
11

 

 
12

 
(2
)
 
47

 
Less: Net gain on the sale of non-operating assets
(5
)
 
(9
)
 
(25
)
 
(132
)
 
(397
)
 
Less: Proportional share of net income from home office land joint venture
(28
)
 
(41
)
 
(53
)
 

 

 
Less: Certain net gains

 

 
(88
)
(3)  

 

 
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) (2)
$
1,009

 
$
715

 
$
292

 
$
(612
)
 
$
(373
)
 

(1)
Includes $52 million mark-to-market adjustment.
(2)
In 2016, we revised our definitions of Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP), Adjusted net income/(loss) from continuing operations (non-GAAP) and Adjusted earnings/(loss) per share from continuing operations, diluted (non-GAAP) to include the mark-to-market adjustment for supplemental retirement plans and have revised the prior years' amounts accordingly.
(3)
Represents the net gain on the sale of one department store location and the net gain recognized on a payment received from a landlord to terminate an existing lease prior to its original expiration date.

























24

Table of Contents

Adjusted Net Income/(Loss) and Adjusted Diluted EPS from Continuing Operations. The following table reconciles net income/(loss) and diluted EPS from continuing operations, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, to adjusted net income/(loss) and adjusted diluted EPS from continuing operations, non-GAAP financial measures:
($ in millions, except per share data)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
Net income/(loss) (GAAP) from continuing operations
$
1

 
$
(513
)
 
$
(717
)
 
$
(1,278
)
 
$
(795
)
 
Diluted EPS (GAAP) from continuing operations
$

 
$
(1.68
)
 
$
(2.35
)
 
$
(5.13
)
 
$
(3.63
)
 
Add: markdowns - inventory strategy alignment

 

 

 

 
155

 
Add: restructuring and management transition charges
26

 
84

 
87

 
215

 
298


Add/(deduct): primary pension plan expense/(income)
1

 
154

(1)  
(18
)
 
(52
)
 
(18
)
 
Add: Mark-to-market adjustment for supplemental retirement plans (7)
11

 

 
12

 
(2
)
 
47

 
Add: Loss on extinguishment of debt
30

 
10

 
34

 
114

 

 
Less: Net gain on sale or redemption of non-operating assets
(5
)
 
(9
)
 
(25
)
 
(132
)
 
(397
)
 
Less: Proportional share of net income from home office land joint venture
(28
)
 
(41
)
 
(53
)
 

 

 
Less: Certain net gains

 

 
(88
)
 

 

 
Less: Aggregate tax impact related to the above adjustments

(2)  

(2)  
2

(3)  
(22
)
(4)  
(41
)
(5)  
Less: Tax impact resulting from other comprehensive income allocation
(12
)
(6)  

 

 
(250
)
(6)  

 
Adjusted net income/(loss) (non-GAAP) from continuing operations (7)
$
24

 
$
(315
)
 
$
(766
)
 
$
(1,407
)
 
$
(751
)
 
Adjusted diluted EPS (non-GAAP) from continuing operations (7)
$
0.08

 
$
(1.03
)
 
$
(2.51
)
 
$
(5.64
)
 
$
(3.43
)
 

(1)
Includes $52 million mark-to-market adjustment.
(2)
Reflects no tax effect due to the impact of the Company's tax valuation allowance.
(3)
Tax effect represents state taxes payable in separately filing states related to the sale of assets.
(4)
Tax effect for the three months ended May 4, 2013 was calculated using the Company's statutory rate of 38.82% and includes state taxes payable in separately filing states related to the sale of assets. The last nine months of 2013 reflects no tax effect due to the impact of the Company's tax valuation allowance.
(5)
Tax effect was calculated using the effective tax rate for the transactions.
(6)
Represents the tax benefits related to the allocation of tax expense to other comprehensive income items, including the amortization of actuarial losses and prior service costs related to the Primary Pension Plan and the results of our annual remeasurement of our pension plans.
(7)
In 2016, we revised our definitions of Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP), Adjusted net income/(loss) from continuing operations (non-GAAP) and Adjusted earnings/(loss) per share from continuing operations, diluted (non-GAAP) to include the mark-to-market adjustment for supplemental retirement plans and have revised the prior years' amounts accordingly.


















25

Table of Contents

Free Cash Flow
Free cash flow is a key financial measure of our ability to generate additional cash from operating our business. We define free cash flow as cash flow from operating activities, less capital expenditures and dividends paid, plus the proceeds from the sale of operating assets. Free cash flow is a relevant indicator of our ability to repay maturing debt, revise our dividend policy or fund other uses of capital that we believe will enhance stockholder value. Free cash flow is considered a non-GAAP financial measure under the rules of the SEC. Free cash flow is limited and does not represent remaining cash flow available for discretionary expenditures due to the fact that the measure does not deduct payments required for debt maturities, payments made for business acquisitions or required pension contributions, if any. Therefore, it is important to view free cash flow in addition to, rather than as a substitute for, our entire statement of cash flows and those measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The following table reconciles net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to free cash flow, a non-GAAP financial measure, as well as information regarding net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities and net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities. 
($ in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities (GAAP)
$
334

 
$
440

 
$
239

 
$
(1,814
)
 
$
(10
)
Less:
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Capital expenditures
(427
)
 
(320
)
 
(252
)
 
(951
)
 
(810
)
Dividends paid, common stock

 

 

 

 
(86
)
Plus:
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

Proceeds from sale of operating assets
96

 
11

 
70

 
19

 

Free cash flow (non-GAAP)
$
3

 
$
131

 
$
57

 
$
(2,746
)
 
$
(906
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities (1)
$
(316
)
 
$
(296
)
 
$
(142
)
 
$
(789
)
 
$
(293
)
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
$
(31
)
 
$
(562
)
 
$
(294
)
 
$
3,188

 
$
(274
)
 
(1)
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities includes capital expenditures and proceeds from sale of operating assets, which are also included in our computation of free cash flow.


26

Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
The following discussion, which presents our results, should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto, along with the Five-Year Financial and Operations Summaries, the risk factors and the cautionary statement regarding forward-looking information. Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) related to earnings/(loss) per share (EPS) are on a diluted basis and all references to years relate to fiscal years rather than to calendar years.

Growth Initiatives

Our revenue growth strategy for 2017 will focus on the following five initiatives:

Beauty;
Home refresh;
Omnichannel;
Pricing strategy; and
Women's apparel business.

First, we will have a continued focus in our beauty categories of Sephora and The Salon by InStyle. In 2016, we opened 60 additional Sephora locations, bringing our total number of locations to 577, and we launched several new brands in our Sephora shops. We plan to add approximately 70 new Sephora locations, expand 32 existing locations and continue to roll out and launch new brands in 2017. With these plans every Sephora location we operate will be enhanced in 2017 either through an expansion or an updated assortment of brands. We also have rebranded our salons to The Salon by InStyle and also recently implemented new functionality to jcpenney.com and our mobile app, allowing customers to book salon services appointments easily and more conveniently. Magnifying the importance of physical stores, we see Sephora and Salon as differentiators to help drive traffic and increase the frequency of visits to our stores.

Second, our home refresh initiative continues to provide strong results. In 2016, we established appliance showrooms in over 500 stores and plan to open new appliance showrooms in approximately 100 stores in early 2017 and add new brand partners to our showrooms throughout the year. Additionally, we are conducting several tests within our Home Store focusing on home installed services including an HVAC install program through our partnership with Trane. We see our home refresh initiative as an opportunity for us to increase our revenue per customer.

Third, we remain committed to becoming a world-class omnichannel retailer. Our online business remains strong, delivering double-digit growth in 2016. We plan to continue to drive increased online revenue in 2017 by increasing our online SKU assortment, continuing to improve site functionality, enhancing ship-from-store capabilities and developing an improved mobile app.

Pricing strategy is our fourth initiative. In 2017 we have restructured the internal pricing process so that all of our pricing and promotional decisions will be made using a more data-driven approach. Once fully implemented, we expect our pricing initiatives to enhance our gross margin performance in 2017 and beyond.

Last, we plan to focus on improving our women's apparel offering. We are enhancing our partnership with Nike to create inspiring brand shops and offering an improved assortment of apparel, accessories and footwear across all divisions. In the women's area we will have Nike in all doors, an increase of over 400 stores from 2016. We are also converting all women's shoe areas to open sale fixtures this year. In addition, we are taking steps in women's apparel to simplify the floor, better balance our career and casual offerings and creating a stronger value statement with pricing. We also plan to expand our use of customer and trend data more effectively to ensure we better understand the desires of the customer in advance of the season.
Finally, we see an opportunity with the plus size community that remains underserved, and we want to become the destination for providing style, value and an appealing shopping environment. Our women's plus boutique shop Boutique+™ continues to resonate with our plus size customers and we plan to enhance this strategy for 2017 by launching swimwear and other exciting accessories.

We believe these growth initiatives will not only serve the needs of our value-oriented customer, they will differentiate us from our traditional competitors.

27

Table of Contents

2016 Overview
 
Sales were $12,547 million , a decrease of 0.6% as compared to 2015 , and comparable store sales were flat for the year. 

Gross margin as a percentage of sales was 35.7% compared to 36.0% last year and was negatively impacted by the continued growth of our Internet business and the introduction of major appliance showrooms.

Selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses decreased $237 million , or 6.3% , as compared to 2015 . These savings were primarily driven by lower incentive compensation, store controllable costs, lower corporate overhead and more efficient advertising spend.

We delivered a $514 million improvement in net income over the prior year to $1 million , or $0.00 per share, our first positive net income since 2010, compared to a net loss of $513 million , or $1.68 per share, in 2015 .  Results for 2016 included the following amounts that are not directly related to our ongoing core business operations:

$26 million , or $0.08 per share, of restructuring and management transition charges;
$1 million , for the Primary Pension Plan expense/(income);
$11 million , or $0.04 per share, for the MTM adjustment for supplemental retirement plans;
$30 million , or $0.10 per share, for the loss on extinguishment of debt;
$5 million , or $0.02 per share, for the net gain on the sale of non-operating assets;
$28 million , or $0.09 per share, for our proportional share of net income from our joint venture formed to develop the excess property adjacent to our home office facility in Plano, Texas (Home Office Land Joint Venture); and
$12 million , or $0.04 per share, for the tax impact resulting from other comprehensive income allocation.

EBITDA was $1,004 million for 2016 , an improvement of $477 million compared to EBITDA of $527 million in 2015 . Adjusted EBITDA was $1,009 million for 2016 compared to adjusted EBITDA of $715 million in 2015 .

We completed the refinancing of our $2.25 billion five-year senior secured term loan facility entered into in 2013 (2013 Term Loan Facility) with an amended and restated $1.688 billion seven-year senior secured term loan facility (2016 Term Loan Facility) and the issuance of $500 million of 5.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 (Senior Secured Notes), resulting in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $34 million. The 2016 Term Loan Facility has a lower interest rate than the 2013 Term Loan Facility, representing a 75 basis point reduction and an extended maturity from 2018 to 2023.

The Company's Board of Directors (Board) appointed Marvin R. Ellison as Chairman of the Board, effective August 1, 2016, in addition to his position of Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Ellison succeeds Myron E. Ullman, III who retired from the Company on August 1, 2016 in accordance with the transition plan previously outlined by the Company.

We completed our roll out of over 500 new appliance showrooms.

In December 2016, the Company sold excess land surrounding the Company's Home Office for $80 million and recognized a $62 million gain.

Also in December 2016, the Company executed a sale-leaseback transaction for the Home Office that resulted in $216 million of net cash proceeds. As a result of certain terms precluding sale-leaseback accounting, the transaction was accounted for as a financing with the related property remaining on our balance sheet.
    
Standard and Poor's Rating Services upgraded our corporate credit rating in March 2017 to B+ from B and Moody's Investors Service upgraded our corporate credit rating in September 2016 to B1 from B3.

28

Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
Three-Year Comparison of Operating Performance
(in millions, except per share data)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
Total net sales
$
12,547

 
$
12,625

 
$
12,257

 
Percent increase/(decrease) from prior year
(0.6
)%
 
3.0
 %
 
3.4
 %
 
Comparable store sales increase/(decrease) (1)
 %
 
4.5
 %
 
4.4
 %
 
Gross margin
4,476

 
4,551

 
4,261

 
Operating expenses/(income):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative
3,538

 
3,775

 
3,993

 
Pension
19

 
162

 
(48
)
 
Depreciation and amortization
609

 
616

 
631

 
Real estate and other, net
(111
)
 
3

 
(148
)
 
Restructuring and management transition
26

 
84

 
87

 
Total operating expenses
4,081

 
4,640

 
4,515

 
Operating income/(loss)
395

 
(89
)
 
(254
)
 
As a percent of sales
3.1
 %
 
(0.7
)%
 
(2.1
)%
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt
30

 
10

 
34

 
Net interest expense
363

 
405

 
406

 
Income/(loss) before income taxes
2

 
(504
)
 
(694
)
 
Income tax (benefit)/expense
1

 
9

 
23

 
Net income/(loss)
$
1

 
$
(513
)
 
$
(717
)
 
EBITDA (2)
$
1,004

 
$
527

 
$
377

 
Adjusted EBITDA (2)
$
1,009

 
$
715

 
$
292

 
Adjusted net income/(loss) (non-GAAP) (2)
$
24

 
$
(315
)
 
$
(766
)
 
Diluted EPS
$

 
$
(1.68
)
 
$
(2.35
)
 
Adjusted diluted EPS (non-GAAP) (2)
$
0.08

 
$
(1.03
)
 
$
(2.51
)
 
Weighted average shares used for diluted EPS
313.0

 
305.9

 
305.2

 
 
(1)
Comparable store sales are presented on a 52-week basis and include sales from all stores, including sales from services and commissions earned from our in-store licensed departments, that have been open for 12 consecutive full fiscal months and Internet sales. Stores closed for an extended period are not included in comparable store sales calculations, while stores remodeled and minor expansions not requiring store closure remain in the calculations. Certain items, such as sales return estimates and store liquidation sales, are excluded from the Company's calculation. Our definition and calculation of comparable store sales may differ from other companies in the retail industry.
(2)
See Item 6, Selected Financial Data, for a discussion of this non-GAAP financial measure and reconciliation to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
2016 Compared to 2015
 
Total Net Sales
Our year-to-year change in total net sales is comprised of (a) sales from new stores net of closings and relocations, referred to as non-comparable store sales (b) sales of stores opened in both years as well as Internet sales, referred to as comparable store sales and (c) other revenue adjustments such as sales return estimates and store liquidation sales. We consider comparable store sales to be a key indicator of our current performance measuring the growth in sales and sales productivity of existing stores. Positive comparable store sales contribute to greater leveraging of operating costs, particularly payroll and occupancy costs, while negative comparable store sales contribute to de-leveraging of costs. Comparable store sales also have a direct impact on our total net sales and the level of cash flow.

29

Table of Contents

 
2016
 
2015
Total net sales ( in millions )
$
12,547

 
$
12,625

Sales percent increase/(decrease)
 
 
 
Total net sales
(0.6
)%
 
3.0
%
Comparable store sales (1)
 %
 
4.5
%
Sales per gross square foot (2)
$
121

 
$
120


(1)
Comparable store sales are presented on a 52-week basis and include sales from all stores, including sales from services and commissions earned from our in-store licensed departments, that have been open for 12 consecutive full fiscal months and Internet sales. Stores closed for an extended period are not included in comparable store sales calculations, while stores remodeled and minor expansions not requiring store closure remain in the calculations. Certain items, such as sales return estimates and store liquidation sales, are excluded from the Company's calculation. Our definition and calculation of comparable store sales may differ from other companies in the retail industry.
(2)
Calculation includes the sales, including commission revenue, and square footage of department stores, including selling space allocated to services and licensed departments, that were open for the full fiscal year, as well as Internet sales.
 
Total net sales decreased $78 million in 2016 compared to 2015 . The following table provides the components of the net sales decrease
($ in millions)
2016
Comparable store sales increase/(decrease)
$
2

Sales related to new and closed stores, net
(76
)
Other revenues and sales adjustments
(4
)
Total net sales increase/(decrease)
$
(78
)
As our omnichannel strategy continues to mature, it is increasingly difficult to distinguish between a store sale and an Internet sale. Because we no longer have a clear distinction between store sales and Internet sales, we do not separately report Internet sales. Below is a list of some of our omnichannel activities:
Stores increase Internet sales by providing customers opportunities to view, touch and/or try on physical merchandise before ordering online.
Our website increases store sales as in-store customers have often pre-shopped online before shopping in the store, including verification of which stores have online merchandise in stock.
Most Internet purchases are easily returned in our stores.
JCPenney Rewards can be earned and redeemed online or in stores.
In-store customers can order from our website with the assistance of associates in our stores or they can shop our website from the JCPenney app while inside the store.
Customers who utilize our mobile application can receive mobile coupons to use when they check out both online or in our stores.
Internet orders can be shipped from a dedicated jcpenney.com fulfillment center, a store, a store merchandise distribution center, a regional warehouse, directly from vendors or any combination of the above.
Certain categories of store inventory can be accessed and purchased by jcpenney.com customers and shipped directly to the customer's home from the store.
Internet orders can be shipped to stores for customer pick up.
"Buy online and pick up in store same day" is now available in all of our stores.

For 2016 , conversion, units per transaction and average unit retail increased, while transaction counts decreased as compared to the prior year. On a geographic basis, all regions experienced comparable store sales decreases for 2016 compared to the prior year. During 2016 , our Sephora, Home and Footwear and Handbags merchandise divisions experienced sales increases. Sephora, which reflected the addition of 60 Sephora inside JCPenney locations, experienced the highest sales increase.

During 2016, private brand merchandise comprised 44% of total merchandise sales, as compared to 44% and 42% in 2015 and 2014, respectively. During 2016, 2015 and 2014, exclusive brand merchandise comprised 8%, 8% and 11%, respectively, of total merchandise sales.

30

Table of Contents

Gross Margin
Gross margin is a measure of profitability of a retail company at the most fundamental level of buying and selling merchandise. Gross margins not only cover marketing, selling and other operating expenses, but also must include a profit element. Gross margin is the difference between total net sales and cost of the merchandise sold and is typically expressed as a percentage of total net sales. The cost of merchandise sold includes all direct costs of bringing merchandise to its final selling destination.
 
Gross margin decreased to 35.7% of sales in 2016 , or 30 basis points, compared to 2015 . On a dollar basis, gross margin decreased $75 million , or 1.6% , to $4,476 million in 2016 compared to $4,551 million in the prior year. The net 30 basis point decrease resulted primarily from the addition of lower margin appliances to our assortment and increased sales of merchandise with tighter margins.

SG&A Expenses
SG&A expenses declined $237 million to $3,538 million in 2016 compared to $3,775 million in 2015 . As a percent of sales, SG&A expenses were 28.2% compared to 29.9% in the prior year. The net 170 basis point improvement was primarily driven by lower incentive compensation, store controllable costs, corporate overhead and more efficient advertising spend.

Our private label credit card and co-branded MasterCard® programs are owned and serviced by Synchrony Financial (Synchrony).  Under our agreement with Synchrony, we receive cash payments from Synchrony based upon the performance of the credit card portfolio.  We participate in the programs by providing marketing promotions designed to increase the use of each card, including enhanced marketing offers for cardholders. Additionally, we accept payments in our stores from cardholders who prefer to pay in person when they are shopping in our locations. The income we earn under our agreement with Synchrony is included as an offset to SG&A expenses. For 2016 and 2015 , we recognized income of $347 million and $367 million, respectively, pursuant to our agreement with Synchrony.
Pension
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
Primary pension plan expense/(income)
 
$
1

 
$
154

Supplemental pension plans expense/(income)
 
18

 
8

Total pension expense/(income)
 
$
19

 
$
162


Total pension expense, which consists of our Primary Pension Plan expense and our supplemental pension plans expense, decreased primarily due to the $180 million settlement charge of unrecognized actuarial losses that occurred in 2015. The settlement charge related to the total transfer of approximately $1.5 billion in Primary Pension Plan assets to settle a portion of the Primary Pension Plan obligation. Additionally, the MTM adjustment was expense of $11 million and $52 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Depreciation and Amortization Expenses
Depreciation and amortization expense in 2016 decreased $7 million to $609 million , or 1.1% , compared to $616 million in 2015 . This decrease is primarily a result of closing 50 store locations since the beginning of 2015.
Real Estate and Other, Net
Real estate and other consists of ongoing operating income from our real estate subsidiaries. Real estate and other also includes net gains from the sale of facilities and equipment that are no longer used in operations, asset impairments, accruals for certain litigation and other non-operating charges and credits. In addition, during the first quarter of 2014, we entered into the Home Office Land Joint Venture in which we contributed approximately 220 acres of excess property adjacent to our home office facility in Plano, Texas. The joint venture was formed to develop the contributed property and our proportional share of the joint venture's activities is recorded in Real estate and other, net.











31

Table of Contents

The composition of real estate and other, net was as follows:  
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
Net gain from sale of non-operating assets
 
$
(5
)
 
$
(9
)
Investment income from Home Office Land Joint Venture
 
(28
)
 
(41
)
Net gain from sale of operating assets
 
(73
)
 
(9
)
Asset impairments
 

 
20

Other
 
(5
)
 
42

Total expense/(income)
 
$
(111
)
 
$
3


In 2016 and 2015, we sold several non-operating assets for a net gain of $5 million and $9 million, respectively. Investment income from the Home Office Land Joint Venture represents our proportional share of net income of the joint venture.

In 2016, the net gain from the sale of operating assets related to the sale of land surrounding our home office and the sale of excess property. In 2015, the net gain from the sale of operating assets related to the sale of a former furniture store location, payments received from landlords to terminate two leases prior to the original expiration date and the sale of excess property.

In 2015, we incurred an impairment charge related to the write-down of internal use software products.

Included in the other category in 2015 is a $50 million accrual for the proposed settlement related to a pricing class action lawsuit. Pursuant to the settlement, the Company paid $25 million in cash to certain class members and issued $25 million of store credit to the remainder of the class members.

See "Restructuring and Management Transition" below for additional impairments related to stores closed in 2015.
Restructuring and Management Transition
The composition of restructuring and management transition charges was as follows:     
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
Home office and stores
 
$
8

 
$
42

Management transition
 
3

 
28

Other
 
15

 
14

Total
 
$
26

 
$
84


In 2016 and 2015 , we recorded $8 million and $42 million , respectively, of costs to reduce our store and home office expenses. The costs relate to employee termination benefits, lease termination costs and impairment charges associated with the closure of 7 underperforming department stores in 2016. Additionally, the costs include employee termination benefits in connection with the elimination of approximately 300 positions in our home office in 2015.

We also implemented several changes within our management leadership team during 2016 and 2015 that resulted in management transition costs of $3 million and $28 million , respectively, for both incoming and outgoing members of management. Other miscellaneous restructuring charges of $15 million and $14 million , primarily related to contract termination and other costs associated with our previous shops strategy, were recorded during 2016 and 2015 , respectively.

Operating Income/(Loss)
For 2016 , we reported operating income of $395 million compared to an operating loss of $89 million in 2015 , which is an improvement of $484 million.

(Gain)/Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
During the first quarter of 2016, we repurchased and retired $60 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding debt resulting in a gain on extinguishment of debt of $4 million.

During the second quarter of 2016, we completed the refinancing of the 2013 Term Loan Facility and the issuance of the Senior Secured Notes, resulting in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $34 million.

In December 2015, we prepaid and retired the outstanding $494 million principal amount of the term loan under our $2,350

32

Table of Contents

million asset-based senior secured credit facility (2014 Credit Facility) and recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $10 million for the write off of the related unamortized debt issuance costs.

Net Interest Expense
Net interest expense consists principally of interest expense on long-term debt, net of interest income earned on cash and cash equivalents.  In 2016, Net interest expense was $363 million , a decrease of $42 million , or 10.4% , from $405 million in 2015 . The reduction in net interest expense is primarily due to refinancing the 2013 Term Loan Facility.
 
Income Taxes
Our net deferred tax assets, which include the future tax benefits of our net operating loss carryforwards, are subject to a valuation allowance. At January 28, 2017 , the federal and state valuation allowances were $765 million and $228 million, respectively. Future book pre-tax losses will require additional valuation allowances to offset the deferred tax assets created. Until such time that we achieve sufficient profitability to allow removal of most of our valuation allowance, utilization of our loss carryforwards will result in a corresponding decrease in the valuation allowance and offset our tax provision dollar for dollar.

Each period we are required to allocate our income tax expense or benefit to continuing operations and other items such as other comprehensive income and stockholder’s equity.  In accordance with these rules, when we have a loss in continuing operations and a gain in other comprehensive income, as arose in 2013, we are required to recognize a tax benefit in continuing operations up to the amount of tax expense that we are required to report in other comprehensive income.  In 2016, we experienced income in both continuing operations and other comprehensive income.  Under the allocation rules, we are only required to recognize the valuation allowance allocable to the tax benefit attributable to losses in each component of comprehensive income.  Accordingly, there is no valuation allowance offsetting a deferred tax benefit attributable to other comprehensive income included in the total valuation allowance of $993 million noted above.

For 2016, we recorded a net tax expense of $1 million. The net tax expense included $7 million related to the amortization of certain indefinite-lived intangible assets, $9 million for state and foreign jurisdictions where loss carryforwards are limited or unavailable offset by net tax benefits of $1 million to adjust the valuation allowance, $2 million for state audit settlements and $12 million related to other comprehensive income.

For 2015, we recorded a net tax expense of $9 million. The net tax expense included $7 million related to the amortization of certain indefinite-lived intangible assets, $12 million for state and foreign jurisdictions where loss carryforwards are limited or unavailable offset by net tax benefits of $2 million for state audit settlements and $8 million to adjust the valuation allowance.
 
Net Income/(Loss) and Adjusted Net Income/(Loss)
In 2016 , we reported income of $1 million , or $0.00 per share, compared with a loss of $513 million , or $1.68 per share, last year. Excluding the impact of restructuring and management transition charges, the impact of our Primary Pension Plan expense, the mark-to-market adjustment for supplemental retirement plans, the loss on extinguishment of debt, the net gain on sale of non-operating assets, the proportional share of net income from joint venture and the tax impact resulting from other comprehensive income allocation, adjusted net income/(loss) (non-GAAP) went from a loss of $315 million, or $1.03 per share, in 2015 to income of $24 million, or $0.08 per share, in 2016 .

Overall, net income/(loss) and adjusted net income/(loss) improved significantly in 2016 as compared to the corresponding prior year periods as we were able to reduce our operating costs.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)
In 2016 , EBITDA was $1,004 million , an improvement of $477 million from EBITDA of $527 million  in the prior year corresponding period. Excluding restructuring and management transition charges, the impact of our Primary Pension Plan expense/(income), the mark-to-market adjustment for supplemental retirement plans, the net gain on the sale of non-operating assets and the proportional share of net income from the Home Office Land Joint Venture, adjusted EBITDA was $1,009 million , improving $294 million for 2016 compared to adjusted EBITDA of $715 million for the prior year corresponding period.


33

Table of Contents

2015 Compared to 2014  

Total Net Sales
 
2015
 
2014
Total net sales ( in millions )
$
12,625

  
$
12,257

Sales percent increase/(decrease)
 
 
 
Total net sales (1)
3.0
%
 
3.4
%
Comparable store sales (2)
4.5
%
 
4.4
%
Sales per gross square foot (3)
$
120

  
$
113


(1)
Comparable store sales are presented on a 52-week basis and include sales from all stores, including sales from services and commissions earned from our in-store licensed departments, that have been open for 12 consecutive full fiscal months and Internet sales. Stores closed for an extended period are not included in comparable store sales calculations, while stores remodeled and minor expansions not requiring store closure remain in the calculations. Certain items, such as sales return estimates and store liquidation sales, are excluded from the Company's calculation. Our definition and calculation of comparable store sales may differ from other companies in the retail industry.
(2)
Calculation includes the sales, including commission revenue, and square footage of department stores, including selling space allocated to services and licensed departments, that were open for the full fiscal year, as well as Internet sales.

Total net sales increased $368 million in 2015 compared to 2014 . The following table provides the components of the net sales increase:
($ in millions)
2015
Comparable store sales increase/(decrease)
$
538

Sales related to closed stores, net
(175
)
Other revenues and sales adjustments
5

Total net sales increase/(decrease)
$
368


For 2015, conversion, transaction counts and average unit retail increased, while the units per transaction decreased as compared to the prior year. On a geographic basis, all regions experienced comparable store sales increases for 2015 compared to the prior year. During 2015, our Sephora, Footwear and Handbags, Home, and Men's merchandise divisions experienced sales increases. Sephora, which reflected the addition of 28 Sephora inside JCPenney locations, experienced the highest sales increase.

Gross Margin
Gross margin increased to 36.0% of sales in 2015, or 120 basis points, compared to 2014. On a dollar basis, gross margin increased $290 million, or 6.8%, to $4,551 million in 2015 compared to $4,261 million in the prior year. The net 120 basis point increase resulted primarily from improved margins on our clearance merchandise.
 
SG&A Expenses
SG&A expenses declined $218 million to $3,775 million in 2015 compared to $3,993 million in 2014. As a percent of sales, SG&A expenses were 29.9% compared to 32.6% in the prior year. The net 270 basis point decrease primarily resulted from lower store controllable costs, more efficient advertising spend and improved private label credit card revenue, which is recorded as a reduction of our SG&A expenses. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in incentive compensation.

Our private label credit card and co-branded MasterCard® programs are owned and serviced by Synchrony Financial (Synchrony).  Under our agreement with Synchrony, we receive cash payments from Synchrony based upon the performance of the credit card portfolio.  We participate in the programs by providing marketing promotions designed to increase the use of each card, including enhanced marketing offers for cardholders. Additionally, we accept payments in our stores from cardholders who prefer to pay in person when they are shopping in our locations. The income we earn under our agreement with Synchrony is included as an offset to SG&A expenses. For 2015 and 2014, we recognized income of $367 million and $313 million, respectively, pursuant to our agreement with Synchrony.
 

34

Table of Contents

Pension Expense
($ in millions)
 
2015
 
2014
Primary pension plan expense/(income)
 
$
154

 
$
(18
)
Supplemental pension plans expense/(income)
 
8

 
(30
)
Total pension expense/(income)
 
$
162

 
$
(48
)

Total pension expense, which consists of our Primary Pension Plan expense and our supplemental pension plans expense, increased primarily due to the $180 million settlement charge of unrecognized actuarial losses as a result of a total transfer of approximately $1.5 billion in Primary Pension Plan assets to settle a portion of the Primary Pension Plan obligation. The transfers included a lump-sum payment of Primary Pension Plan assets as elected by a group of plan participants and the purchase of an annuity contract from an insurance company that will pay and administer future benefits to select retirees. Additionally, the MTM adjustment was expense of $52 million and $12 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively.
 
Depreciation and Amortization Expense
Depreciation and amortization expense in 2015 decreased $15 million to $616 million, or 2.4%, compared to $631 million in 2014. This decrease is primarily a result of closing 74 store locations since the beginning of 2014.

Real Estate and Other, Net
The composition of real estate and other, net was as follows:  
($ in millions)
 
2015
 
2014
Net gain from sale of non-operating assets
 
$
(9
)
 
$
(25
)
Investment income from Home Office Land Joint Venture
 
(41
)
 
(53
)
Net gain from sale of operating assets
 
(9
)
 
(92
)
Store and other asset impairments
 
20

 
30

Other
 
42

 
(8
)
Total expense/(income)
 
$
3

 
$
(148
)

In 2015 and 2014, we sold several non-operating assets for a net gain of $9 million and $25 million, respectively. Investment income from the Home Office Land Joint Venture represents our proportional share of net income of the joint venture.

In 2015, the net gain from the sale of operating assets related to the sale of a former furniture store location, payments received from landlords to terminate two leases prior to the original expiration date and the sale of excess property. In 2014, the net gain from the sale of operating assets related to the sale of three department store locations.

Store impairments totaled $- million and $30 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The 2014 impairments related to 19 underperforming department stores that continued to operate. Additionally, in 2015, we incurred an impairment charge related to the write-down of internal use software products that were not implemented.

Included in the other category is a $50 million accrual for the proposed settlement related to a pricing class action lawsuit.

See "Restructuring and Management Transition" below for additional impairments related to store closures.

Restructuring and Management Transition
The composition of restructuring and management transition charges was as follows:    
($ in millions)
 
2015
 
2014
Home office and stores
 
$
42

 
$
45

Management transition
 
28

 
16

Other
 
14

 
26

Total
 
$
84

 
$
87


In 2015 and 2014, we recorded $42 million and $45 million , respectively, of costs to reduce our store and home office expenses. The costs relate to employee termination benefits, lease termination costs and impairment charges associated with the expected closure of 7 underperforming department stores in 2016 and the 2015 closing of 41 such stores. Additionally, the

35

Table of Contents

costs include employee termination benefits in connection with the elimination of approximately 300 positions in our home office in 2015.

We also implemented several changes within our management leadership team during 2015 and 2014 that resulted in management transition costs of $28 million and $16 million , respectively, for both incoming and outgoing members of management. Other miscellaneous restructuring charges of $14 million and $26 million , primarily related to contract termination and other costs associated with our previous shops strategy, were recorded during 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Operating Income/(Loss)
For 2015, we reported an operating loss of $89 million compared to an operating loss of $254 million in 2014, which was an improvement of $165 million.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
In December 2015, we prepaid and retired the outstanding $494 million principal amount of the term loan under the 2014 Credit Facility and recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $10 million for the write off of the related unamortized debt issuance costs.

Net Interest Expense
Net interest expense was $405 million, a decrease of $1 million, or 0.2%, from $406 million in 2014.

Income Taxes
Our net deferred tax assets, which include the future tax benefits of our net operating loss carryforwards, are subject to a valuation allowance. At January 30, 2016, the federal and state valuation allowances were $789 million and $236 million, respectively. Future book pre-tax losses will require additional valuation allowances to offset the deferred tax assets created. Until such time that we achieve sufficient profitability to allow removal of most of our valuation allowance, utilization of our loss carryforwards will result in a corresponding decrease in the valuation allowance and offset our tax provision dollar for dollar.

Each period we are required to allocate our income tax expense or benefit to continuing operations and other items such as other comprehensive income and stockholder’s equity.  In accordance with these rules when we have a loss in continuing operations and a gain in other comprehensive income, as arose in 2013, we are required to recognize a tax benefit in continuing operations up to the amount of tax expense that we are required to report in other comprehensive income.  In 2015, we experienced losses in both continuing operations and other comprehensive income.  Under the allocation rules we are required to recognize the valuation allowance allocable to the tax benefit attributable to these losses in each component of comprehensive income.  Accordingly, included in the total valuation allowance of $1,025 million noted above is $244 million of valuation allowance which offsets the deferred tax benefit attributable to the actuarial loss reported in other comprehensive income.

For 2015, we recorded a net tax expense of $9 million. The net tax expense included $7 million related to the amortization of certain indefinite-lived intangible assets, $12 million for state and foreign jurisdictions where loss carryforwards are limited or unavailable offset by net tax benefits of $2 million for state audit settlements and $8 million to adjust the valuation allowance.

For 2014, we recorded a net tax expense of $23 million. The net tax expense included $7 million related to the amortization of certain indefinite-lived intangible assets, $10 million for state and foreign jurisdictions where loss carryforwards are limited or unavailable and $6 million for federal and state audit settlements.

Net Income/(Loss) and Adjusted Net Income/(Loss)
In 2015, we reported a loss of $513 million, or $1.68 per share, compared with a loss of $717 million, or $2.35 per share, in 2014. Excluding the impact of restructuring and management transition charges, the impact of our Primary Pension Plan expense, the mark-to-market adjustment for supplemental retirement plans, the loss on extinguishment of debt, the net gain on sale of non-operating assets, the proportional share of net income from joint venture and certain net gains, adjusted net income/(loss) (non-GAAP) went from a loss of $766 million, or $2.51 per share, in 2014 to a loss of $315 million, or $1.03 per share, in 2015.

Overall, net income/(loss) and adjusted net income/(loss) improved significantly in 2015 as compared to the corresponding prior year periods as we were able to improve sales, achieve higher margins and reduce our operating costs.



36

Table of Contents

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)
In 2015, EBITDA was $527 million, an improvement of $150 million from EBITDA of $377 million in the prior year corresponding period. Excluding restructuring and management transition charges, the impact of our Primary Pension Plan expense/(income), the net gain on the sale of non-operating assets, the proportional share of net income from the Home Office Land Joint Venture and certain net gains, adjusted EBITDA was $715 million, improving $423 million for 2015 compared to adjusted EBITDA of $292 million for the prior year corresponding period.

37

Table of Contents

Financial Condition and Liquidity
Overview
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash generated from operations, available cash and cash equivalents and access to our revolving credit facility. During 2016 , we executed the following transactions:

Completed the refinancing of the 2013 Term Loan Facility with the amended and restated $1.688 billion 2016 Term Loan Facility and the issuance of $500 million aggregate principal amount of 5.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2023.

Sold excess land surrounding our home office for $80 million and recognized a $62 million gain.

Executed a sale-leaseback for the Home Office that resulted in $216 million of net cash proceeds.

We ended the year with $887 million of cash and cash equivalents, a decrease of $13 million from the prior year. As of the end of 2016 , based on our borrowing base and amounts reserved for outstanding standby and import letters of credit, we had $1,904 million available for future borrowings under the Revolving Facility, providing a total available liquidity of $2.8 billion .
 
The following table provides a summary of our key components and ratios of financial condition and liquidity:
($ in millions)  
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Cash and cash equivalents
$
887

 
$
900

 
$
1,318

Merchandise inventory
2,854

 
2,721

 
2,652

Property and equipment, net
4,599

 
4,816

 
5,148

Total debt (1)
4,836

 
4,805

 
5,321

Stockholders’ equity
1,354

 
1,309

 
1,914

Total capital
6,190

 
6,114

 
7,235

Maximum capacity under our credit agreement
2,350

 
2,350

 
1,850

Cash flow from operating activities
334

 
440

 
239

Free cash flow (non-GAAP) (2)
3

 
131

 
57

Capital expenditures
427

 
320

 
252

Ratios:
 

 
 

 
 

  Debt-to-total capital (3)
78.1
%
 
78.6
%
 
73.5
%
  Cash-to-debt (4)
18.3
%
 
18.7
%
 
24.8
%
 
(1)
Total debt includes long-term debt, net of unamortized debt issuance costs, including current maturities, capital leases, financing obligation, note payable and any borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
(2)
See Item 6, Selected Financial Data, for a discussion of this non-GAAP financial measure and reconciliation to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
(3)
Total debt divided by total capital.
(4)
Cash and cash equivalents divided by total debt.

Free Cash Flow (Non-GAAP)
During 2016 , free cash flow decreased $128 million to an inflow of $3 million compared to an inflow of $131 million in 2015 . Free cash flow was impacted by an increase in capital expenditures, the 2016 payment of incentive compensation incurred in 2015 and the payment of legal settlements during 2016 when compared to 2015 .
 
Operating Activities
While a significant portion of our sales, profit and operating cash flows have historically been realized in the fourth quarter, our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate significantly as a result of many factors, including seasonal fluctuations in customer demand, product offerings, inventory levels and the impact of our strategy to return to profitable growth.
 
In 2016 , cash flow from operating activities was an inflow of $334 million , a decrease of $106 million  compared to an inflow of $440 million  during the same period last year. Our net income as of the end of 2016 of $1 million included significant charges and credits that did not impact operating cash flow, including depreciation and amortization, loss on extinguishment of debt, benefit plans, the sale of operating and non-operating assets and stock-based compensation. Overall, the decrease in cash from operations was driven primarily by the payment of incentive compensation and other expenses in 2016 where such

38

Table of Contents

incurred expenses did not accrue at the same levels as had occurred in 2015. In addition, during 2016 we received an aggregate cash distribution of $44 million from the Home Office Land Joint Venture of which $31 million was included in operating activities and $13 million was classified as investing activities as it was considered a return of investment as the aggregate cash distribution exceeded our proportional share of the cumulative earnings of the joint venture by this amount. Cash flows from operating activities also included construction allowances from landlords of $43 million , which provided additional cash that was used to fund a portion of our capital expenditures in investing activities.
Merchandise inventory increased $133 million  to $2,854 million , or 4.9% , as of the end of 2016 compared to $2,721 million  as of the end of last year. Inventory turns for 2016 , 2015 and 2014 were 2.59, 2.65 and 2.74 respectively.  Merchandise accounts payable increased $52 million at the end of 2016 compared to 2015 .

In 2015 , cash flow from operating activities was an inflow of $440 million, an increase of $201 million compared to an inflow of $239 million during the prior year. Our net loss as of the end of 2015 of $513 million included significant charges and credits that did not impact operating cash flow, including depreciation and amortization, certain restructuring and management transition charges, loss on extinguishment of debt, benefit plans, the sale of operating and non-operating assets and asset impairments. Overall, the generation of cash from operations was driven primarily by the increase in sales and operating performance of the Company, including higher margins and better expense control. In addition, during 2015 we received an aggregate cash distribution of $36 million from the Home Office Land Joint Venture. Cash flows from operating activities also included construction allowances from landlords of $17 million , which provided additional cash that was used to fund a portion of our capital expenditures in investing activities.

Investing Activities
In 2016 , investing activities was a cash outflow of $316 million  compared to an outflow of $296 million  for 2015 . The increase in the cash outflow from investing activities was primarily a result of an increase in capital expenditures offset by the increase in proceeds from the sale of operating assets.
For 2016 , capital expenditures were $427 million . At the end of the year, we also had an additional $33 million of accrued capital expenditures, which will be paid in subsequent periods. The capital expenditures for 2016 related primarily to the roll out of over 500 appliance showrooms, the roll out of our center core concept in 350 locations, the opening of 60 Sephora inside JCPenney stores, other investments in our store environment and store facility improvements and investments in information technology in both our home office and stores. We received construction allowances from landlords of $43 million in 2016 , which are classified as operating activities, to fund a portion of the capital expenditures related to store leasehold improvements. These funds have been recorded as deferred rent credits in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are amortized as an offset to rent expense.
In 2015 , investing activities was a cash outflow of $296 million  compared to an outflow of $142 million  for 2014 . The increase in the cash outflow from investing activities was primarily a result of an increase in capital expenditures and a decrease in proceeds from the sale of operating assets.
For 2015 , capital expenditures were $320 million . At the end of the year, we also had an additional $13 million of accrued capital expenditures, which were paid in 2016 . The capital expenditures for 2015 related primarily to the opening of 28 Sephora inside JCPenney stores, investments in information technology in both our home office and stores and investments in our store environment. We also received construction allowances from landlords of $17 million in 2015 .
 
The following provides a breakdown of capital expenditures:
($ in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Store renewals and updates
$
240

 
$
170

 
$
152

Capitalized software
100

 
93

 
39

New and relocated stores
17

 

 
30

Technology and other
70

 
57

 
31

Total
$
427

 
$
320

 
$
252


We expect our investment in capital expenditures for 2017 to be approximately $400 million, net of construction allowances from landlords, which will relate primarily to our store environment, investments in information technology and the continued roll-out of approximately 70 new Sephora inside JCPenney locations and approximately 100 new appliance showrooms. Our plan is to fund these expenditures with cash flow from operations and existing cash and cash equivalents.

39

Table of Contents

Financing Activities
In 2016 , cash flows from financing activities were an outflow of $31 million  compared to an outflow of $562 million  for the same period last year.

During 2016, we completed the refinancing of the 2013 Term Loan Facility with the amended and restated $1.688 billion 2016 Term Loan Facility and the issuance of $500 million aggregate principal amount of 5.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2023. We also received net cash proceeds of $216 million for the sale-leaseback of our home office. Additionally, we repurchased and retired $60 million aggregate principal amount of our debt, repaid $78 million of debt at maturity and repaid $29 million on our capital leases and note payable.

During 2015, we prepaid and retired the $494 million outstanding principal amount of the term loan under the 2014 Credit Facility. Through 2015, we repaid $33 million on our capital leases and note payable and $22 million on the 2013 Term Loan Facility. In addition, we incurred $4 million of financing costs relating to the 2014 Credit Facility.

Cash Flow and Financing Outlook
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash generated from operations, available cash and cash equivalents and access to our revolving credit facility. Our cash flows may be impacted by many factors including the economic environment, consumer confidence, competitive conditions in the retail industry and the success of our strategies. For 2017 , we believe that our existing liquidity will be adequate to fund our capital expenditures and working capital needs; however, in accordance with our long-term financing strategy, we may access the capital markets opportunistically.

2014 Credit Facility
The Company has a $2,350 million asset-based senior secured credit facility (2014 Credit Facility) that is comprised of a $2,350 million revolving line of credit (Revolving Facility). As of the end of 2016 , we had no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Facility. In addition, as of the end of 2016 , based on our borrowing base, we had $2,061 million available for borrowing under the facility, of which $157 million was reserved for outstanding standby and import letters of credit, none of which have been drawn on, leaving $1,904 million for future borrowings. The applicable rate for standby and import letters of credit were 2.50% and 1.25%, respectively, while the commitment fee was 0.375% for the unused portion of the Revolving Facility.
Credit Ratings
Our credit ratings and outlook as of March 20, 2017 were as follows:  
 
Corporate
 
Outlook
Fitch Ratings
B+
 
Stable
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
B1
 
Stable
Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services
B+
 
Positive
 
Credit rating agencies periodically review our capital structure and the quality and stability of our earnings.  Rating agencies consider, among other things, changes in operating performance, comparable store sales, the economic environment, conditions in the retail industry, financial leverage and changes in our business strategy in their rating decisions.  Downgrades to our long-term credit ratings could result in reduced access to the credit and capital markets and higher interest costs on future financings.
 
















40

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments
Aggregated information about our obligations and commitments to make future contractual payments, such as debt and lease agreements, and contingent commitments as of January 28, 2017 is presented in the following table.
($ in millions)
Total
 
Less Than 1
Year
 
1 - 3
Years
 
3 - 5
Years
 
More Than 5
Years
Recorded contractual obligations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total debt, excluding unamortized debt issuance costs, capital leases, financing obligation and note payable
$
4,665

 
$
263

 
$
749

 
$
484

 
$
3,169

Capital leases, financing obligation and note payable
314

 
30

 
42

 
37

 
205

Unrecognized tax benefits (1)
79

 
3

 

 

 
76

Contributions to non-qualified supplemental retirement and postretirement medical plans (2)
147

 
26

 
34

 
29

 
58

 
$
5,205

 
$
322

 
$
825

 
$
550

 
$
3,508

Unrecorded contractual obligations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest payments on long-term debt (3)
$
4,981

 
$
283

(4)  
$
519

 
$
405

 
$
3,774

Operating leases (5)
2,709

 
220

 
366

 
301

 
1,822

Standby and import letters of credit (6)
157

 
157

 

 

 

Surety bonds (7)
74

 
74

 

 

 

Contractual obligations (8)
148

 
78

 
60

 
10

 

Purchase orders (9)
1,691

 
1,691

 

 

 

 
$
9,760

 
$
2,503

 
$
945

 
$
716

 
$
5,596

Total
$
14,965

 
$
2,825

 
$
1,770

 
$
1,266

 
$
9,104

 
(1)
Represents management’s best estimate of the payments related to tax reserves for uncertain income tax positions. Based on the nature of these liabilities, the actual payments in any given year could vary significantly from these amounts. See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2)
Represents expected cash payments through 2026.  
(3)
Includes interest expense related to our 2016 Term Loan of $538 million that was calculated using its interest rate as of January 28, 2017 for the anticipated amount outstanding each period, which assumes the required principal payments for the loan remain the same each quarter.
(4)
Includes $78 million of accrued interest that is included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet at January 28, 2017 .
(5)
Represents future minimum lease payments for non-cancelable operating leases, including renewals determined to be reasonably assured. Future minimum lease payments have not been reduced for sublease income.
(6)
Standby letters of credit, which totaled $157 million , are issued as collateral to a third-party administrator for self-insured workers’ compensation and general liability claims and to support our merchandise initiatives. There were no outstanding import letters of credit at January 28, 2017 .
(7)
Surety bonds are primarily for previously incurred and expensed obligations related to workers’ compensation and general liability claims.
(8)
Consists primarily of (a) minimum purchase requirements for exclusive merchandise and fixtures; (b) royalty obligations; and (c) minimum obligations for professional services, energy services, software maintenance and network services.
(9)
Amounts committed under open purchase orders for merchandise inventory of which a significant portion are cancelable without penalty prior to a date that precedes the vendor’s scheduled shipment date.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  
Management considers all on- and off-balance sheet debt in evaluating our overall liquidity position and capital structure. Other than operating leases, which are included in the Contractual Obligations and Commitments table, we do not have any material off-balance sheet financing. See detailed disclosure regarding operating leases in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We do not have any additional arrangements or relationships with entities that are not consolidated into the financial statements.  




41

Table of Contents

Impact of Inflation, Deflation and Changing Prices
We have experienced inflation and deflation related to our purchase of certain commodity products. We do not believe that changing prices for commodities have had a material effect on our Net Sales or results of operations. Although we cannot precisely determine the overall effect of inflation and deflation on operations, we do not believe inflation and deflation have had
a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Critical Accounting Policies
 
The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires that we make estimates and use assumptions that in some instances may materially affect amounts reported in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements. In preparing these financial statements, we have made our best estimates and judgments based on history and current trends, as well as other factors that we believe are relevant at the time of the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. Historically, actual results have not differed materially from estimates; however, future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty and as a result, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates.
 
See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of our significant accounting policies.

Inventory Valuation under the Retail Method
Inventories are valued primarily at the lower of cost (using the first-in, first-out or “FIFO” method) or market, determined under the Retail Inventory Method (RIM) for department stores, store distribution centers and regional warehouses and standard cost, representing average vendor cost, for merchandise we sell through the Internet at jcpenney.com. Under RIM, retail values of merchandise groups are converted to a cost basis by applying the specific average cost-to-retail ratio related to each merchandise grouping. RIM inherently requires management judgment and certain estimates that may significantly impact the ending inventory valuation at cost, as well as gross margin. The most significant estimates are permanent reductions to retail prices (markdowns) and permanent devaluation of inventory (markdown accruals) used primarily to clear seasonal merchandise or otherwise slow-moving inventory and inventory shortage (shrinkage).
 
Permanent markdowns and markdown accruals are designated for clearance activity and are recorded at the point of decision, when the utility of inventory has diminished, versus the point of sale. Factors considered in the determination of permanent markdowns and markdown accruals include current and anticipated demand, customer preferences, age of the merchandise and style trends. Under RIM, permanent markdowns and markdown accruals result in the devaluation of inventory and the corresponding reduction to gross margin is recognized in the period the decision to markdown is made. Shrinkage is estimated as a percent of sales for the period from the last physical inventory date to the end of the fiscal period. Physical inventories are taken at least annually and inventory records are adjusted accordingly. The shrinkage rate from the most recent physical inventory, in combination with current events and historical experience, is used as the standard for the shrinkage accrual rate for the next inventory cycle. Historically, our actual physical inventory count results have shown our estimates to be reliable. Based on prior experience, we do not believe that the actual results will differ significantly from the assumptions used in these estimates.

Valuation of Long-Lived and Indefinite-Lived Assets
Long-Lived Assets
We evaluate recoverability of long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable, such as historical operating losses or plans to close stores and dispose of or sell long-lived assets before the end of their previously estimated useful lives. Additionally, annual operating performance of individual stores are periodically analyzed to identify potential underperforming stores which may require further evaluation of the recoverability of the carrying amounts. If our evaluations, performed on an undiscounted cash flow basis, indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable, the potential impairment is measured as the excess of carrying value over the fair value of the impaired asset. The impairment calculation requires us to apply estimates for future cash flows and use judgments for qualitative factors such as local market conditions, operating environment, mall performance and other trends. We estimate fair value based on either a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate that is considered commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model or appraised value, as appropriate.
We recognize impairment losses in the earliest period that it is determined a loss has occurred. The carrying value is adjusted to the new carrying value and any subsequent increases in fair value are not recorded. If it is determined that the estimated remaining useful life of the asset should be decreased, the periodic depreciation expense is adjusted based on the new carrying value of the asset. Impairment losses totaling $- million in both 2016 and 2015 and $30 million in 2014 were recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations in the line item Real estate and other, net.


42

Table of Contents

While we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in our estimates or assumptions used to calculate long-lived asset impairments, if actual results are not consistent with our current estimates and assumptions, we may be exposed to additional impairment charges, which could be material to our results of operations.

Indefinite-Lived Assets
We assess the recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets at least annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the indefinite-lived intangible asset may not be fully recoverable. Examples of a change in events or circumstances include, but are not limited to, a decrease in the market price of the asset, a history of cash flow losses related to the use of the asset or a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is being used. For our 2016 annual impairment test, we tested our indefinite-lived intangible assets utilizing the relief from royalty method to determine the estimated fair value for each indefinite-lived intangible asset. The relief from royalty method estimates our theoretical royalty savings from ownership of the intangible asset. Key assumptions used in this model include discount rates, royalty rates, growth rates, sales projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates, royalty rates, growth rates and sales projections are the assumptions most sensitive and susceptible to change as they require significant management judgment.  Discount rates used are similar to the rates estimated by the weighted average cost of capital considering any differences in company-specific risk factors. Royalty rates are established by management based on comparable trademark licensing agreements in the market.  Operational management, considering industry and company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates and sales projections associated with each indefinite-lived intangible asset. Terminal value rate determination follows common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual sales estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant weighted average cost of capital and long-term growth rates.

While we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in our estimates or assumptions used to calculate indefinite-lived asset impairments, if actual results are not consistent with our current estimates and assumptions, we may be exposed to additional impairment charges, which could be material to our results of operations.

Reserves and Valuation Allowances
Insurance Reserves
We are primarily self-insured for costs related to workers’ compensation and general liability claims. The liabilities represent our best estimate, using generally accepted actuarial reserving methods through which we record a provision for workers’ compensation and general liability risk based on historical experience, current claims data and independent actuarial best estimates, including incurred but not reported claims and projected loss development factors. These estimates are subject to the frequency, lag and severity of claims. We target this provision above the midpoint of the actuarial range, and total estimated claim liability amounts are discounted using a risk-free rate. We do not anticipate any significant change in loss trends, settlements or other costs that would cause a significant fluctuation in net income. However, a 10% variance in the workers’ compensation and general liability reserves at year-end 2016 , would have affected our SG&A expenses by approximately $18 million .

Valuation of Deferred Tax Assets
We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets unless it is more likely than not such assets will be realized.

In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of the realization of the deferred tax assets based on future events. Our accounting for deferred tax consequences represents our best estimate of those future events. If based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not (defined as a likelihood of more than 50%) the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we record a valuation allowance. The weight given to both positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. As such, it is generally difficult for positive evidence regarding projected future taxable income, exclusive of reversing taxable temporary differences, to outweigh objective negative evidence of recent losses. Cumulative losses in recent years is a significant piece of negative evidence that is difficult to overcome in determining that a valuation allowance is not needed against deferred tax assets.


43

Table of Contents

This assessment is completed on a taxing jurisdiction basis and takes into account several types of evidence, including the following:

Nature, frequency, and severity of current and cumulative financial reporting losses. A pattern of recent losses is heavily weighted as a source of negative evidence. In certain circumstances, historical information may not be as relevant due to a change in circumstances.

Sources of future taxable income. Future reversals of existing temporary differences are heavily weighted sources of objectively verifiable positive evidence. Projections of future taxable income, exclusive of reversing temporary differences, are a source of positive evidence only when the projections are combined with a history of recent profits and can be reasonably estimated. Otherwise, these projections are considered inherently subjective and generally will not be sufficient to overcome negative evidence that includes cumulative losses in recent years, particularly if the projected future taxable income is dependent on an anticipated turnaround to profitability that has not yet been achieved. In such cases, we generally give these projections of future taxable income no weight for the purposes of our valuation allowance assessment.

Tax planning strategies. If necessary and available, tax-planning strategies would be implemented to accelerate taxable amounts to utilize expiring net operating loss carryforwards. These strategies would be a source of additional positive evidence and, depending on their nature, could be heavily weighted.
In the second quarter of 2013, our net deferred tax position, exclusive of any valuation allowance, changed from a net deferred tax liability to a net deferred tax asset. In our assessment of the need for a valuation allowance, we heavily weighted the negative evidence of cumulative losses in recent periods and the positive evidence of future reversals of existing temporary differences. Although a sizable portion of our losses in recent years were the result of charges incurred for restructuring and other special items, even without these charges we still would have incurred significant losses. Accordingly, we considered our pattern of recent losses to be relevant to our analysis. Considering this pattern of recent losses and the uncertainties associated with projected future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences, we gave no weight to projections showing future U.S. taxable income for purposes of assessing the need for a valuation allowance. As a result of our assessment, we concluded that, beginning in the second quarter of 2013, our estimate of the realization of deferred tax assets would be based solely on future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and tax planning strategies that we would make use of to accelerate taxable income to utilize expiring carryforwards.
Future book pre-tax losses will require additional valuation allowances to offset the deferred tax assets created. A sustained period of profitability is required before we would change our need for a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets.

See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding income taxes and also Risk Factors, Item 1A.

Environmental Reserves  
In establishing our reserves for liabilities associated with underground storage tanks, we maintain and periodically update an inventory listing of potentially impacted sites. The estimated cost of remediation efforts is based on our historical experience, as well as industry and other published data. With respect to our former drugstore operations, we accessed extensive databases of environmental matters, including data from the Environmental Protection Agency, to estimate the cost of remediation. Our experience, as well as relevant data, was used to develop a range of potential liabilities, and a reserve was established at the time of the sale of our drugstore business. The reserve is adjusted as payments are made or new information becomes known. Reserves for asbestos removal are based on our known liabilities in connection with approved plans for store modernization, renovations or dispositions of store locations.
 
We believe the established reserves, as adjusted, are adequate to cover estimated potential liabilities.

Pension
Pension Accounting
We maintain a qualified funded defined benefit pension plan (Primary Pension Plan) and smaller non-qualified unfunded supplemental defined benefit plans. The determination of pension expense is the result of actuarial calculations that are based on important assumptions about pension assets and liabilities. The most important of these are the expected rate of return on assets and the discount rate assumptions. These assumptions require significant judgment and a change in any one of them could have a material impact on pension expense reported in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Consolidated

44

Table of Contents

Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss), as well as in the assets, liability and equity sections of the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following table reflects our expected rate of return and discount rate assumptions:
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
Expected return on plan assets
6.75
%
 
6.75
%
 
7.00
%
 
Discount rate for pension expense
4.73
%
 
3.87
%
 
4.89
%
 
Discount rate for pension obligation
4.40
%
 
4.73
%
 
3.87
%
 
 
Return on Plan Assets and Impact on Earnings
For the Primary Pension Plan, we apply our expected return on plan assets using fair market value as of the annual measurement date. The fair market value method results in greater volatility to our pension expense than the more commonly used calculated value method (referred to as smoothing of assets). Our Primary Pension Plan asset base consists of a mix of equities (U.S., non-U.S. and private), fixed income (investment-grade and high-yield), real estate (private and public) and alternative asset classes.
 
The expected return on plan assets is based on the plan’s long-term asset allocation policy, historical returns for plan assets and overall capital market returns, taking into account current and expected market conditions. The expected return assumption for 2016 at 6.75% was the same as 2015 given our current asset allocation targets and updated expected capital market return assumptions.
 
Discount Rate
The discount rate used to measure pension expense each year is the rate as of the beginning of the year (i.e., the prior measurement date). The discount rate, as determined by the plan actuary, is based on a hypothetical AA yield curve represented by a series of bonds maturing over the next 30 years, designed to match the corresponding pension benefit cash payments to retirees.

For 2016 , the discount rate to measure pension expense was 4.73% compared to 3.87% in 2015 . The discount rate to measure the pension obligations decreased to 4.40%  as of January 28, 2017 from 4.73% as of January 30, 2016 .
 
Sensitivity
The sensitivity of pension expense to a plus or minus one-half of one percent of expected return on assets is a decrease or increase in pension expense of approximately $17 million. An increase in the discount rate of one-half of one percent would increase the 2017 pension expense by approximately $4 million and a decrease in the discount rate of one-half of one percent would decrease pension expense by approximately $5 million. 
 
Pension Funding
Funding requirements for our Primary Pension Plan are determined under Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) rules, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006. As a result of the funded status of the Primary Pension Plan, we are not required to make cash contributions in 2017 .
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Refer to Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, which reflect our current view of future events and financial performance. Words such as "expect" and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements, which include, but are not limited to, statements regarding sales, gross margin, selling, general and administrative expenses, earnings, cash flows and liquidity. Forward-looking statements are based only on the Company's current assumptions and views of future events and financial performance. They are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside of the Company's control, that may cause the Company's actual results to be materially different from planned or expected results. Those risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, general economic conditions, including inflation, recession, unemployment levels, consumer confidence and spending patterns, credit availability and debt levels, changes in store traffic trends, the cost of goods, more stringent or costly payment terms and/or the decision by a significant number of vendors not to sell us merchandise on a timely basis or at all,

45

Table of Contents

trade restrictions, the ability to monetize non-core assets on acceptable terms, the ability to implement our strategic plan including our omnichannel initiatives, customer acceptance of our strategies, our ability to attract, motivate and retain key executives and other associates, the impact of cost reduction initiatives, our ability to generate or maintain liquidity, implementation of new systems and platforms, changes in tariff, freight and shipping rates, changes in the cost of fuel and other energy and transportation costs, disruptions and congestion at ports through which we import goods, increases in wage and benefit costs, competition and retail industry consolidations, interest rate fluctuations, dollar and other currency valuations, the impact of weather conditions, risks associated with war, an act of terrorism or pandemic, the ability of the federal government to fund and conduct its operations, a systems failure and/or security breach that results in the theft, transfer or unauthorized disclosure of customer, employee or Company information, legal and regulatory proceedings and the Company’s ability to access the debt or equity markets on favorable terms or at all. There can be no assurances that the Company will achieve expected results, and actual results may be materially less than expectations. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is impossible to predict the degree to which any such factors could cause actual results to differ materially from predicted results. For additional discussion on risks and uncertainties, see Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, above. We intend the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to speak only as of the date of this report and do not undertake to update or revise these projections as more information becomes available.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
All of our outstanding notes and debentures as of January 28, 2017 are at fixed interest rates and would not be affected by interest rate changes. The Revolving Facility borrowings under the 2014 Credit Facility are affected by interest rate changes. As of January 28, 2017 , we had no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Facility.
The Company's 2016 Term Loan Facility bears interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 4.25%. To manage the fluctuation of interest, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts totaling $1,250 million to fix a portion of our variable LIBOR-based interest payments. The interest rate swap agreements, which were effective May 7, 2015, have a weighted-average fixed rate of 2.04%, mature on May 7, 2020 and have been designated as cash flow hedges. Accordingly, a 100 basis point increase in LIBOR interest rates would result in additional annual interest expense of $17 million under the 2016 Term Loan Facility and $13 million in less annual interest expense under the interest rate swap agreements. 

The effects of changes in the U.S. equity and bond markets serve to increase or decrease the value of assets in our Primary Pension Plan. We seek to manage exposure to adverse equity and bond returns by maintaining diversified investment portfolios and utilizing professional investment managers.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
See the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on Page 53. 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None. 
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
 
Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
The management of our Company, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act)) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.


46

Table of Contents

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
The management of our Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). The management of our Company has assessed the effectiveness of our Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2017 . In making this assessment, management used criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control–Integrated Framework (2013) . Based on its assessment, the management of our Company believes that, as of January 28, 2017 , our Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.
 
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, has audited the financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Their report follows.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter ended January 28, 2017 , that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

47

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
J. C. Penney Company, Inc.:

We have audited J. C. Penney Company, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2017 , based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). J. C. Penney Company, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, J. C. Penney Company, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2017 , based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of J. C. Penney Company, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 , and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income/ (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 28, 2017 , and our report dated March 24, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
/s/ KPMG LLP
 
Dallas, Texas
March 24, 2017

48

Table of Contents

Item 9B. Other Information
None. 
PART III 
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
The information required by Item 10 with respect to executive officers is included within Item 1 in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”
The information required by Item 10 with respect to directors, audit committee, audit committee financial experts and Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting compliance is included under the captions “Board Committees–Audit Committee,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors” in our definitive proxy statement for 2017 , which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Code of Ethics and Corporate Governance Guidelines
 
We have adopted a code of ethics for officers and employees, which applies to, among others, our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, and which is known as the “Statement of Business Ethics.” We have also adopted certain ethical principles and policies for our directors, which are set forth in Article V of our Corporate Governance Guidelines. The Statement of Business Ethics and Corporate Governance Guidelines are available on our website at www.jcpenney.com . Additionally, we will provide copies of these documents without charge upon request made to:
 
J. C. Penney Company, Inc.
Office of Investor Relations
6501 Legacy Drive
Plano, Texas 75024
(Telephone 972-431-5500)
 
Our Company intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to or waiver of any provision of the Statement of Business Ethics that applies to any officer of the Company by posting such information on our website at www.jcpenney.com.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
 
The information required by Item 11 is included under the captions “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Report of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee,” “Summary Compensation Table,” “Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal 2016 ,” “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2016 ,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested for Fiscal 2016 ,” “Pension Benefits,” “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal 2016 ,” “Potential Payments and Benefits on Termination of Employment,” and “Director Compensation for Fiscal 2016 ” in our Company’s definitive proxy statement for 2017 , which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
The information required by Item 12 with respect to beneficial ownership of our Company’s common stock is included under the caption “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock” and with respect to equity compensation plans is included under the caption "Equity Compensation Plan(s) Information" in our Company’s definitive proxy statement for 2017 , which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
The information required by Item 13 is included under the captions “Policies and Procedures with Respect to Related Person Transactions” and “Board Independence” in our Company’s definitive proxy statement for 2017 , which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A and is incorporated herein by reference.

49

Table of Contents

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
The information required by Item 14 is included under the captions “Audit and Other Fees” and “Audit Committee’s Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures” in our Company’s definitive proxy statement for 2017 , which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A and is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV 
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a) Documents filed as part of this report: 
1. Consolidated Financial Statements: 
The Consolidated Financial Statements of J. C. Penney Company, Inc. and subsidiaries are listed in the accompanying "Index to Consolidated Financial Statements" on page 53.
2. Financial Statement Schedules: 
Schedules have been omitted as they are inapplicable or not required under the rules, or the information has been submitted in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related financial information contained otherwise in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 
3. Exhibits: 
See separate Exhibit Index beginning on page 94. Each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K is specifically identified in the separate Exhibit Index beginning on page 94 and filed with or incorporated by reference in this report.
(b) See separate Exhibit Index beginning on page 94. 
(c) Other Financial Statement Schedules. None. 

50

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
J. C. PENNEY COMPANY, INC.
 
 
(Registrant)
 
 
 
 
 
By  /s/ Andrew S. Drexler
 
 
Andrew S. Drexler
 
 
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller
(principal accounting officer)
 
 
 
Date:
March 24, 2017
 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signatures
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
Marvin R. Ellison*
 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer; Director
(principal executive officer)
 
March 24, 2017
Marvin R. Ellison
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Edward J. Record*
 
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)
 
March 24, 2017
Edward J. Record
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Andrew S. Drexler
 
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and
Controller (principal
accounting officer)
 
March 24, 2017
Andrew S. Drexler
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Colleen C. Barrett*
 
Director
 
March 24, 2017
Colleen C. Barrett
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Paul J. Brown*
 
Director
 
March 24, 2017
Paul J. Brown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amanda Ginsberg*
 
Director
 
March 24, 2017
Amanda Ginsberg
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B. Craig Owens*
 
Director
 
March 24, 2017
Craig Owens
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lisa A. Payne*
 
Director
 
March 24, 2017
Lisa A. Payne
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
J. Paul Raines*
 
Director
 
March 24, 2017
J. Paul Raines
 
 
 
 

51

Table of Contents

Signatures
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Leonard H. Roberts*
 
Director
 
March 24, 2017
Leonard H. Roberts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Javier G. Teruel*
 
Director
 
March 24, 2017
Javier G. Teruel
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R. Gerald Turner*
 
Director
 
March 24, 2017
R. Gerald Turner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ronald W. Tysoe*
 
Director
 
March 24, 2017
Ronald W. Tysoe
 
 
 
 
 
 
*By:
 
/s/ Andrew S. Drexler
 
 
Andrew S. Drexler
 
 
Attorney-in-fact

52

Table of Contents

J. C. PENNEY COMPANY, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
 
 
Page
 

53

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
J. C. Penney Company, Inc.: 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of J. C. Penney Company, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 , and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income/ (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 28, 2017 . These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of J. C. Penney Company, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 , and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 28, 2017 , in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), J. C. Penney Company, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2017 , based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 24, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ KPMG LLP
 
Dallas, Texas 
March 24, 2017  

54

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In millions, except per share data)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Total net sales
 
$
12,547

 
$
12,625

 
$
12,257

Cost of goods sold
 
8,071

 
8,074

 
7,996

Gross margin
 
4,476

 
4,551

 
4,261

Operating expenses/(income):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative (SG&A)
 
3,538

 
3,775

 
3,993

Pension
 
19

 
162

 
(48
)
Depreciation and amortization
 
609

 
616

 
631

Real estate and other, net
 
(111
)
 
3

 
(148
)
Restructuring and management transition
 
26

 
84

 
87

Total operating expenses
 
4,081

 
4,640

 
4,515

Operating income/(loss)
 
395

 
(89
)
 
(254
)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
 
30

 
10

 
34

Net interest expense
 
363

 
405

 
406

Income/(loss) before income taxes
 
2

 
(504
)
 
(694
)
Income tax expense/(benefit)
 
1

 
9

 
23

Net income/(loss)
 
$
1

 
$
(513
)
 
$
(717
)
Earnings/(loss) per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$

 
$
(1.68
)
 
$
(2.35
)
Diluted
 

 
(1.68
)
 
(2.35
)
Weighted average shares – basic
 
308.1

 
305.9

 
305.2

Weighted average shares – diluted
 
313.0

 
305.9

 
305.2

 
See the accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.



55

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Net income/(loss)
 
$
1

 
$
(513
)
 
$
(717
)
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gain/(loss) (1)
 

 

 
(2
)
Retirement benefit plans
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net actuarial gain/(loss) arising during the period (2)
 
1

 
(213
)
 
(293
)
Prior service credit/(cost) arising during the period (3)
 
5

 

 
(12
)
Reclassification of net actuarial (gain)/loss from a settlement (4)
 

 
110

 

Reclassification for net actuarial (gain)/loss (5)
 
1

 
31

 
7

Reclassification for amortization of prior service (credit)/cost (6)
 

 
2

 
(1
)
Cash flow hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gain/(loss) on interest rate swaps (7)
 
3

 
(23
)
 

Reclassification for periodic settlements (8)
 
8

 
6

 

Deferred tax valuation allowance
 

 
(54
)
 
(190
)
Total other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
 
18

 
(141
)
 
(491
)
Total comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
 
$
19

 
$
(654
)
 
$
(1,208
)
 
See the accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .

(1)
Net of $1 million in tax in 2014.         
(2)
Net of $(1) million in tax in 2016, $136 million in tax in 2015 and $186 million in tax in 2014.                    
(3)
Net of $(3) million in tax in 2016, $0 million in tax in 2015 and $8 million in tax in 2014.                         
(4)
Net of $(70) million in tax in 2015 and $180 million of pre-tax amount recognized in Pension in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
(5)
Net of $(1) million in tax in 2016, $(22) million in tax in 2015 and $(5) million in tax in 2014. Pre-tax amounts of $11 million in 2016, $53 million in 2015 and $12 million in 2014 were recognized in Pension in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Pre-tax amounts of $(9) million in 2016 were recognized in SG&A in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
(6)
Net of $- million of tax in 2016, $(1) million of tax in 2015 and $- million of tax in 2014. Pre-tax amounts of $8 million in 2016, $8 million in 2015 and $7 million in 2014 were recognized in Pension in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Pre-tax amounts of $(8) million in 2016, $(7) million in 2015 and $(8) million in 2014 were recognized in SG&A in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
(7)
Net of $ (2) million and $15 million of tax in 2016 and 2015, respectively.
(8)
Net of $(5) million and $(4) million of tax in 2016 and 2015, respectively. Pre-tax amounts of $13 million in 2016 and $10 million in 2015 were recognized in Net interest expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.


56

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In millions, except per share data)
 
2016
 
2015
Assets
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 

 
 

Cash in banks and in transit
 
$
125

 
$
119

Cash short-term investments
 
762

 
781

Cash and cash equivalents
 
887

 
900

Merchandise inventory
 
2,854

 
2,721

Deferred taxes
 
196

 
231

Prepaid expenses and other
 
160

 
166

Total current assets
 
4,097

 
4,018

Property and equipment
 
4,599

 
4,816

Other assets
 
618

 
608

Total Assets
 
$
9,314

 
$
9,442

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Merchandise accounts payable
 
$
977

 
$
925

Other accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
1,164

 
1,360

Current portion of capital leases, financing obligation and note payable
 
15

 
26

Current maturities of long-term debt
 
263

 
101

Total current liabilities
 
2,419

 
2,412

Long-term capital leases, financing obligation and note payable
 
219

 
10

Long-term debt
 
4,339

 
4,668

Deferred taxes
 
400

 
425

Other liabilities
 
583

 
618

Total Liabilities
 
7,960

 
8,133

Stockholders' Equity
 
 
 
 
Common stock (1)
 
154

 
153

Additional paid-in capital
 
4,679

 
4,654

Reinvested earnings/(accumulated deficit)
 
(3,006
)
 
(3,007
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
 
(473
)
 
(491
)
Total Stockholders’ Equity
 
1,354

 
1,309

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
$
9,314

 
$
9,442


(1)
1,250 million shares of common stock are authorized with a par value of $0.50 per share. The total shares issued and outstanding were 308.3 million and 306.1 million as of January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 , respectively.

See the accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

57

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in millions)
 
Number of Common Shares
 
Common Stock
 
Additional Paid-in Capital
 
Reinvested Earnings/ (Accumulated Deficit)
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
 
Total Stockholders' Equity
February 1, 2014
 
304.6

 
$
152

 
$
4,571

 
$
(1,777
)
 
$
141

 
$
3,087

Net income/(loss)
 

 

 

 
(717
)
 

 
(717
)
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
 

 

 

 

 
(491
)
 
(491
)
Stock-based compensation
 
0.3

 

 
35

 

 

 
35

January 31, 2015
 
304.9

 
$
152

 
$
4,606

 
$
(2,494
)
 
$
(350
)
 
$
1,914

Net income/(loss)
 

 

 

 
(513
)
 

 
(513
)
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
 

 

 

 

 
(141
)
 
(141
)
Stock-based compensation
 
1.2

 
1

 
48

 

 

 
49

January 30, 2016
 
306.1

 
$
153

 
$
4,654

 
$
(3,007
)
 
$
(491
)
 
$
1,309

Net income/(loss)
 

 

 

 
1

 

 
1

Other comprehensive income/(loss)
 

 

 

 

 
18

 
18

Stock-based compensation
 
2.2

 
1

 
25

 

 

 
26

January 28, 2017
 
308.3

 
$
154

 
$
4,679

 
$
(3,006
)
 
$
(473
)
 
$
1,354


See the accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

58

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
($ in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Cash flows from operating activities
 
 
 
 
 

Net income/(loss)
$
1

 
$
(513
)
 
$
(717
)
Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities:
 

 
 

 
 

Restructuring and management transition
(1
)
 
10

 
32

Asset impairments and other charges
3

 
25

 
39

Net gain on sale or redemption of non-operating assets
(5
)
 
(9
)
 
(25
)
Net gain on sale of operating assets
(73
)
 
(9
)
 
(92
)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
30

 
10

 
34

Depreciation and amortization
609

 
616

 
631

Benefit plans
(39
)
 
127

 
(78
)
Stock-based compensation
35

 
44

 
33

Other comprehensive income tax benefits
(12
)
 

 

Deferred taxes
9

 

 
3

Change in cash from:
 

 
 

 
 

Inventory
(133
)
 
(69
)
 
283

Prepaid expenses and other assets
11

 
19

 
(1
)
Merchandise accounts payable
52

 
(72
)
 
49

Current income taxes
(6
)
 
4

 
(10
)
Accrued expenses and other
(147
)
 
257

 
58

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities
334

 
440

 
239

Cash flows from investing activities
 

 
 

 
 

Capital expenditures
(427
)
 
(320
)
 
(252
)
Proceeds from sale or redemption of non-operating assets
2

 
13

 
35

Proceeds from sale of operating assets
96

 
11

 
70

Joint venture return of investment
13

 

 
5

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities
(316
)
 
(296
)
 
(142
)
Cash flows from financing activities
 

 
 

 
 

Payment on short-term borrowings

 

 
(650
)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
2,188

 

 
893

Proceeds from borrowings under the credit facility
667

 

 

Payments of borrowings under the credit facility
(667
)
 

 

Net proceeds from financing obligation
216

 

 

Premium on early retirement of debt

 

 
(33
)
Payments of capital leases, financing obligation and note payable
(29
)
 
(33
)
 
(26
)
Payments of long-term debt
(2,349
)
 
(520
)
 
(412
)
Financing costs
(49
)
 
(4
)
 
(65
)
Proceeds from stock options exercised
2

 

 

Tax withholding payments for vested restricted stock
(10
)
 
(5
)
 
(1
)
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
(31
)
 
(562
)
 
(294
)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(13
)
 
(418
)
 
(197
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
900

 
1,318

 
1,515

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
887

 
$
900

 
$
1,318

See the accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

59

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1.  Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
 
Nature of Operations 
Our Company was founded by James Cash Penney in 1902 and has grown to be a major national retailer, operating 1,013 department stores in 49 states and Puerto Rico, as well as through our Internet website at jcpenney.com. We sell family apparel and footwear, accessories, fine and fashion jewelry, beauty products through Sephora inside JCPenney, and home furnishings. In addition, our department stores provide services, such as styling salon, optical, portrait photography and custom decorating, to customers.

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements present the results of J. C. Penney Company, Inc. and our subsidiaries (the Company or JCPenney). All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
We are a holding company whose principal operating subsidiary is J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. (JCP). JCP was incorporated in Delaware in 1924 , and J. C. Penney Company, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in 2002 , when the holding company structure was implemented. The holding company has no direct subsidiaries other than JCP, and has no independent assets or operations. 
 
The Company is a co-obligor (or guarantor, as appropriate) regarding the payment of principal and interest on JCP’s outstanding debt securities. We guarantee certain of JCP’s outstanding debt securities fully and unconditionally.
 
Fiscal Year
Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31. Unless otherwise stated, references to years in this report relate to fiscal years rather than to calendar years.
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year
 
Ended
 
Weeks
2016
 
January 28, 2017
 
52
2015
 
January 30, 2016
 
52
2014
 
January 31, 2015
 
52
   
Use of Estimates and Assumptions
The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP), requires us to make assumptions and use estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Such estimates and assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainties, which may result in actual amounts differing from reported amounts.
2.  Significant Accounting Policies  
 
Merchandise and Services Revenue Recognition 
Total net sales, which exclude sales taxes and are net of estimated returns, are generally recorded when payment is received and the customer takes possession of the merchandise. Service revenue is recorded at the time the customer receives the benefit of the service, such as salon, portrait, optical or custom decorating. Commissions earned on sales generated by licensed departments are included as a component of total net sales. Shipping and handling fees charged to customers are also included in total net sales with corresponding costs recorded as cost of goods sold. We provide for estimated future returns based primarily on historical return rates and sales levels.








60

Table of Contents

Based on how we categorized our divisions in 2016 , our merchandise mix of total net sales over the last three years was as follows: 
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Women’s apparel
 
24
%
 
25
%
 
26
%
Men’s apparel and accessories
 
22
%
 
22
%
 
22
%
Home
 
13
%
 
12
%
 
12
%
Women’s accessories, including Sephora
 
13
%
 
12
%
 
11
%
Children’s apparel
 
10
%
 
10
%
 
10
%
Footwear and handbags
 
8
%
 
8
%
 
8
%
Jewelry
 
6
%
 
6
%
 
6
%
Services and other
 
4
%
 
5
%
 
5
%
 
 
100
%
 
100
%
 
100
%
 
Gift Card Revenue Recognition
At the time gift cards are sold, no revenue is recognized; rather, a liability is established for the face amount of the card. The liability remains recorded until the earlier of redemption, escheatment or 60 months. The liability is relieved and revenue is recognized when gift cards are redeemed for merchandise or services. We escheat a portion of unredeemed gift cards according to Delaware escheatment requirements that govern remittance of the cost of the merchandise portion of unredeemed gift cards over five years old. After reflecting the amount escheated, any remaining liability (referred to as breakage) is relieved and recognized as a reduction of SG&A expenses as an offset to the costs of administering the gift card program. Though our gift cards do not expire, it is our historical experience that the likelihood of redemption after 60 months is remote. The liability for gift cards is recorded in other accounts payable and accrued expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Customer Loyalty Program
Customers who spend a certain amount with us using our private label card or registered third party credit cards receive JCP Rewards® certificates, redeemable for merchandise or services in our stores the following two months. In accordance with the incremental cost method, we estimate the net cost of the rewards that will be redeemed and record this as cost of goods sold as rewards points are accumulated. Other administrative costs of the loyalty program are recorded in SG&A expenses as incurred.
 
Cost of Goods Sold
Cost of goods sold includes all costs directly related to bringing merchandise to its final selling destination. These costs include the cost of the merchandise (net of discounts or allowances earned), sourcing and procurement costs, buying and brand development costs, including buyers’ salaries and related expenses, royalties and design fees, freight costs, warehouse operating expenses, merchandise examination, inspection and testing, store merchandise distribution center expenses, including rent, and shipping and handling costs incurred on sales via the Internet.
  
Vendor Allowances
We receive vendor support in the form of cash payments or allowances for a variety of reimbursements such as cooperative advertising, markdowns, vendor shipping and packaging compliance, defective merchandise and the purchase of vendor specific fixtures. We have agreements in place with each vendor setting forth the specific conditions for each allowance or payment. Depending on the arrangement, we either recognize the allowance as a reduction of current costs or defer the payment over the period the related merchandise is sold. If the payment is a reimbursement for costs incurred, it is generally offset against those related costs; otherwise, it is treated as a reduction to the cost of merchandise.
 
Markdown reimbursements related to merchandise that has been sold are negotiated and documented by our buying teams and are credited directly to cost of goods sold in the period received. Vendor allowances received prior to merchandise being sold are deferred and recognized as a reduction of inventory and credited to cost of goods sold based on an inventory turnover rate.
 
Vendor compliance credits reimburse us for incremental merchandise handling expenses incurred due to a vendor’s failure to comply with our established shipping or merchandise preparation requirements. Vendor compliance credits are recorded as a reduction of merchandise handling costs.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
SG&A expenses include the following costs, except as related to merchandise buying, sourcing, warehousing or distribution activities: salaries, marketing costs, occupancy and rent expense, utilities and maintenance, pre-opening expenses, costs related

61

Table of Contents

to information technology, administrative costs related to our home office and district and regional operations, real and personal property and other taxes (excluding income taxes) and credit/debit card fees.
  
Advertising
Advertising costs, which include newspaper, television, Internet search marketing, radio and other media advertising, are expensed either as incurred or the first time the advertisement occurs.  For cooperative advertising programs offered by national brands that require proof of advertising to be provided to the vendor to support the reimbursement of the incurred cost, we offset the allowances against the related advertising expense.  Programs that do not require proof of advertising are monitored to ensure that the allowance provided by each vendor is a reimbursement of costs incurred to advertise for that particular vendor’s label.  Total advertising costs, net of cooperative advertising vendor reimbursements of $26 million , $32 million and $1 million for 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively, were $769 million , $792 million and $886 million , respectively.
 
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets unless it is more likely than not such assets will be realized. We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

Earnings/(Loss) per Share
Basic earnings/(loss) per share (EPS) is computed by dividing net income/(loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income/(loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period plus the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the potentially dilutive shares had been issued. Potentially dilutive shares include stock options, unvested restricted stock units and awards and a warrant outstanding during the period, using the treasury stock method. Potentially dilutive shares are excluded from the computations of diluted EPS if their effect would be anti-dilutive.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash short-term investments that are highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Cash short-term investments consist primarily of short-term U.S. Treasury money market funds and a portfolio of highly rated bank deposits and are stated at cost, which approximates fair market value due to the short-term maturity. Cash in banks and in transit also include credit card sales transactions that are settled early in the following period.
 
Merchandise Inventory
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (using the first-in, first-out or “FIFO” method) or market. For department stores, regional warehouses and store distribution centers, we value inventories using the retail method. Under the retail method, retail values of merchandise groups are converted to a cost basis by applying the specific average cost-to-retail ratio related to each merchandise grouping. For Internet, we use standard cost, representing average vendor cost, to determine lower of cost or market.
 
Physical inventories are taken on a staggered basis at least once per year at all store and supply chain locations, inventory records are adjusted to reflect actual inventory counts and any resulting shortage (shrinkage) is recognized. Following inventory counts, shrinkage is estimated as a percent of sales, based on the most recent physical inventory, in combination with current events and historical experience. We have loss prevention programs and policies in place that are intended to mitigate shrinkage.

62

Table of Contents

Property and Equipment, Net
 
 
Estimated Useful Lives
 
 
 
 
($ in millions)
 
(Years)
 
2016
 
2015
Land
 
N/A
 
$
249

 
$
272

Buildings
 
50
 
4,859

 
4,877

Furniture and equipment
 
3-20
 
1,963

 
2,064

Leasehold improvements (1)
 
 
 
1,254

 
1,244

Capital leases (equipment)
 
3-5
 
116

 
116

Accumulated depreciation
 
 
 
(3,842
)
 
(3,757
)
Property and equipment, net
 
 
 
$
4,599

 
$
4,816


(1)
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the improvements or the term of the lease, including renewals determined to be reasonably assured.

Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed primarily by using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.
 
We expense routine maintenance and repairs when incurred. We capitalize major replacements and improvements. We remove the cost of assets sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation or amortization from the accounts and include any resulting gain or loss in net income/(loss).
 
We recognize a liability for the fair value of our conditional asset retirement obligations, which are primarily related to asbestos removal, when probable and if the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated.
 
Capitalized Software Costs
We capitalize costs associated with the acquisition or development of major software for internal use in other assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and amortize the asset over the expected useful life of the software, generally between three and seven years. We only capitalize subsequent additions, modifications or upgrades to internal-use software to the extent that such changes allow the software to perform a task it previously did not perform. We expense software maintenance and training costs as incurred.

Cloud computing arrangements are evaluated to determine whether the arrangement includes a software license or is a service contract. If determined to be a software license, then the arrangement is capitalized as an other asset and amortized over the expected life of software, generally between three to seven years. If determined to be a service contract, then the cost of the arrangement is expensed as the services are provided.

Impairment of Long-Lived and Indefinite-Lived Assets
We evaluate long-lived assets such as store property and equipment and other corporate assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of those assets may not be recoverable. Factors considered important that could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results and significant changes in the manner of use of the assets or our overall business strategies. Potential impairment exists if the estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus any net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset are less than the carrying value of the asset. The amount of the impairment loss represents the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value and is included in Real estate and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. We estimate fair value based on either a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate that is considered commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model or appraised value, as appropriate. We also take other factors into consideration in estimating the fair value of our stores, such as local market conditions, operating environment, mall performance and other trends.
 
We assess the recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets at least annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the indefinite-lived intangible asset may not be fully recoverable. Examples of a change in events or circumstances include, but are not limited to, a decrease in the market price of the asset, a history of cash flow losses related to the use of the asset or a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is being used. We test our indefinite-lived intangible assets utilizing the relief from royalty method to determine the estimated fair value for each indefinite-lived intangible asset. The relief from royalty method estimates our

63

Table of Contents

theoretical royalty savings from ownership of the intangible asset. Key assumptions used in this model include discount rates, royalty rates, growth rates, sales projections and terminal value rates.
   
Leases
We use a consistent lease term when calculating amortization of leasehold improvements, determining straight-line rent expense under an operating lease and determining classification of leases as either operating or capital. For purposes of recognizing incentives, premiums, rent holidays and minimum rental expenses on a straight-line basis over the terms of operating leases, we use the date of initial possession to begin amortization, which is generally when we take control of the property. Renewal options determined to be reasonably assured are also included in the lease term. Some leases require additional payments based on sales and the related contingent rent is recorded as rent expense when the payment is probable.
 
Some of our lease agreements contain developer/tenant allowances. Upon receipt of such allowances, we record a deferred rent liability in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The allowances are then amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining terms of the corresponding leases as a reduction of rent expense.

Capital leases are recorded as an asset and an obligation at an amount equal to the present value of the minimum lease payments during the lease term. Assets subject to an operating lease and the related lease payments are not recorded on our balance sheet. Rent expense related to an operating lease is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term resulting in periodic deferred rent balances to adjust the cash rent paid.

Sale-leasebacks are transactions through which we sell assets and subsequently lease them back. The resulting leases that qualify for sale-leaseback accounting are evaluated and accounted for as operating leases or capital leases. A transaction that does not qualify for sale-leaseback accounting as a result of a prohibited form of continuing involvement is accounted for as a financing. For a financing transaction, we retain the "sold" assets within property and equipment and record a financing obligation equal to the amount of cash proceeds received. Rental payments under such transactions are recognized as a reduction of the financing obligation and as interest expense using an effective interest method.
 
Exit or Disposal Activity Costs
Costs associated with exit or disposal activities are recorded at their fair values when a liability has been incurred. Reserves for operating leases are established at the time of closure for the present value of any remaining operating lease obligations (PVOL), net of estimated sublease income. Severance is recorded over the service period required to be rendered in order to receive the termination benefits or, if employees will not be retained to render future service, a reserve is established when communication has occurred to the affected employees. Other exit costs are accrued when incurred.
 
Retirement-Related Benefits
We recognize the funded status – the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the plan’s benefit obligation – of our defined benefit pension and postretirement plans directly on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Each overfunded plan is recognized as an asset and each underfunded plan is recognized as a liability. We adjust other comprehensive income/(loss) to reflect prior service cost or credits and actuarial gain or loss amounts arising during the period and reclassification adjustments for amounts being recognized as components of net periodic pension/postretirement cost, net of tax. Prior service cost or credits are amortized to net income/(loss) over the average remaining service period, a period of about eight years for the primary plan. Pension related actuarial gains or losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the fair value of plan assets or the plan's projected benefit obligation (the corridor) are recognized annually in the fourth quarter each year (Mark-to-market (MTM) adjustment), and, if applicable, in any interim period in which an interim remeasurement is triggered.
 
We measure the plan assets and obligations annually at the adopted measurement date of January 31 to determine pension expense for the subsequent year. The factors and assumptions affecting the measurement are the characteristics of the population and salary increases, with the most important being the expected return on plan assets and the discount rate for the pension obligation. We use actuarial calculations for the assumptions, which require significant judgment.
    
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock options are valued primarily using the binomial lattice option pricing model and are granted with an exercise price equal to the closing price of our common stock on the grant date. Time-based and performance-based restricted stock awards are valued using the closing price of our common stock on the grant date. For awards that have market conditions, such as attaining a specified stock price or based on total shareholder return, we use a Monte Carlo simulation model to determine the value of the award. Our current plan does not permit awarding stock options below grant-date market value nor does it allow any repricing subsequent to the date of grant.


64

Table of Contents

Stock options are valued using the following assumptions:

Valuation Method.   We estimate the fair value of stock option awards on the date of grant using primarily the binomial lattice model. We believe that the binomial lattice model is a more accurate model for valuing employee stock options since it better reflects the impact of stock price changes on option exercise behavior.

Expected Term. Our expected option term represents the average period that we expect stock options to be outstanding and is determined based on our historical experience, giving consideration to contractual terms, vesting schedules, anticipated stock prices and expected future behavior of option holders.

Expected Volatility. Our expected volatility is based on a blend of the historical volatility of JCPenney stock combined with an estimate of the implied volatility derived from exchange traded options.

Risk-Free Interest Rate. Our risk-free interest rate is based on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury yields in effect at the date of grant with the same period as the expected option life.

Expected Dividend Yield. The dividend assumption is based on our current expectations about our dividend policy.

Employee stock options and time-based and performance-based restricted stock awards typically vest over periods ranging from one to three years and employee stock options have a maximum term of 10 years. Estimates of forfeitures are incorporated at the grant date and are adjusted if actual results are different from initial estimates. For awards that have performance conditions, the probability of achieving the performance condition is evaluated each reporting period, and if the performance condition is expected to be achieved, the related compensation expense is recorded over the service period. In addition, certain performance-based restricted stock awards may be granted where the number of shares may be increased to the maximum or reduced to the minimum threshold based on the results of the performance metrics in accordance with the terms established at the time of the award. In the event that performance conditions are not achieved and the awards do not vest, compensation expense is reversed. For market based awards, we record expense over the service period, regardless of whether or not the market condition is achieved.

Awards with graded vesting that only have a time vesting requirement and awards that vest entirely at the end of the vesting requirement are expensed on a straight-line basis for the entire award. Expense for awards with graded vesting that incorporate a market or performance requirement is attributed separately based on the vesting for each tranche.
3.  Effect of New Accounting Standards
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASC Topic 842, Leases (Topic 842), a replacement of Leases (Topic 840) , which will require lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheets as lease liabilities with corresponding right-of-use assets. While many aspects of lessor accounting would remain the same, the new standard would make some changes, such as eliminating today’s real estate-specific guidance. As a globally converged standard, lessees and lessors would be required to classify most leases using a principle generally consistent with that of International Accounting Standards. The standard also would change what would be considered the initial direct costs of a lease. The standard would be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within that year and must be adopted on a modified retrospective method, with elective reliefs, which requires application of the new guidance for all periods presented. We have developed a project team to analyze the impacts of the new standard on our current accounting policies and internal controls and the changes required to be made by our leasing software provider. With almost 70% of our store locations involved in an operating lease, the new standard will have a significant impact on our financial statements due to the recognition of lease liabilities and right-of-use assets that were not required by the current accounting requirements for operating leases. Given the magnitude of the project to implement the new standard, we are still evaluating the effect that the new accounting guidance will have on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, a replacement of Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) .  The new revenue recognition standard provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The core principle of the guidance is that a Company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This standard is effective for us beginning in fiscal 2018 and can be adopted by the Company either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption.  We are analyzing the impact of the new standard on our current accounting policies and internal controls and the required software changes required to implement the new standard. Although we have not completed all of the required due diligence, we have identified the certain

65

Table of Contents

impacts to our revenue recognition policies related to gift card breakage and our customer loyalty programs. Whereas we currently recognize gift card breakage, net of required escheatment, 60 months after the gift card is issued, the new standard will require us to recognize gift card breakage, net of required escheatment, over the redemption pattern of gift cards. Additionally, whereas under current standards we utilize the incremental cost method to account for our customer loyalty programs, the new standard will require us to account for our customer loyalty program as revenue which will require us to defer a portion of our incremental sales to loyalty rewards to be earned by reward members.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which requires all deferred tax assets and liabilities to be classified as noncurrent on the balance sheet instead of separating deferred taxes into current and noncurrent amounts. The new standard will also no longer require allocating valuation allowances between current and noncurrent deferred tax assets because those allowances also will be classified as noncurrent. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods and the Company can adopt the guidance either prospectively or retrospectively. We do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330), Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory , which simplifies the subsequent measurement of inventory by requiring inventory to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Under current guidance, net realizable value is one of several calculations an entity needs to make to measure inventory at the lower of cost or market. However, companies will continue to apply their existing impairment models to inventories that are accounted for using last-in first-out (LIFO) and the retail inventory method (RIM). The guidance, which can be early adopted, is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years and the guidance must be applied prospectively after the date of adoption. We do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (ASU 2016-09). ASU 2016-09 will change how companies account for certain aspects of share-based payments to employees. Entities will be required to recognize the income tax effects of awards (windfalls or shortfalls) in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled (i.e., additional paid-in capital or APIC pools will be eliminated). The guidance on employers’ accounting for an employee’s use of shares to satisfy the employer’s statutory income tax withholding obligation and for forfeitures is changing. The ASU also provides a practical expedient for public companies that will allow the use of a simplified method to estimate the expected term for certain awards. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted.

As a result of ASU 2016-09 requiring all windfalls and shortfalls to be recognized when they arise, excess tax benefits that were not previously recognized because the related tax deduction had not reduced current taxes payable are to be recorded on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period in which the new guidance is adopted. Additionally, the deferred tax assets recognized as a result of this transition guidance will need to be assessed for realizability and any valuation allowance should be recognized as part of the cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings also as a result of this transition guidance. Considering these aspects of transitioning to the new guidance, there will be no impact to retained earnings as a result of a valuation allowance being recorded against the related deferred tax asset recorded as the cumulative adjustment.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-05, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) (ASU 2016-05). Under the ASU, the novation of a derivative contract (i.e., a change in the counterparty) in a hedge accounting relationship does not, in and of itself, require dedesignation of that hedge accounting relationship. The hedge accounting relationship could continue uninterrupted if all of the other hedge accounting criteria are met, including the expectation that the hedge will be highly effective when the creditworthiness of the new counterparty to the derivative contract is considered. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted. Entities may apply the guidance prospectively or on a modified retrospective basis. We are currently evaluating the effect that adopting this new accounting guidance will have on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) (ASU 2016-15). ASU 2016-15 clarifies how entities should classify certain cash receipts and cash payments on the statement of cash flows. The guidance also clarifies how the predominance principle should be applied when cash receipts and cash payments have aspects of more than one class of cash flows. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted. Entities should apply the guidance retrospectively, but if it is impracticable to do so for an issue, the amendments

66

Table of Contents

related to that issue may be applied prospectively. We are currently evaluating the effect that adopting this new accounting guidance will have on our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
4.  Earnings/(Loss) per Share
 
Net income/(loss) and shares used to compute basic and diluted EPS are reconciled below:
(in millions, except per share data)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Earnings/(loss)
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income/(loss)
 
$
1

 
$
(513
)
 
$
(717
)
Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding (basic shares)
 
308.1

 
305.9

 
305.2

Adjustment for assumed dilution:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock options and restricted stock awards
 
4.9

 

 

Weighted average shares assuming dilution (diluted shares)
 
313.0

 
305.9

 
305.2

EPS
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$

 
$
(1.68
)
 
$
(2.35
)
Diluted
 
$

 
$
(1.68
)
 
$
(2.35
)
 
The following average potential shares of common stock were excluded from the diluted EPS calculation because their effect would have been anti-dilutive:
(Shares in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Stock options, restricted stock awards and a warrant
 
17.8

 
34.1

 
26.8

5.  Other Assets
($ in millions)
2016
 
2015
Capitalized software, net
$
265

 
$
232

Indefinite-lived intangible assets, net (1)
275

 
268

Realty investments (Note 17)
13

 
31

Revolving credit facility unamortized costs, net
30

 
42

Other
35

 
35

Total
$
618

 
$
608

 

(1) Amounts are net of an accumulated impairment loss of $9 million.

Our indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of our worldwide rights for the Liz Claiborne® family of trademarks and related intellectual property and our ownership of the U.S. and Puerto Rico rights of the monet® trademarks and related intellectual property. In connection with our annual indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment tests performed during the fourth quarter of 2016, we did not record an impairment for our indefinite-lived intangible assets as the estimated fair values exceeded the carrying values of the underlying assets.

67

Table of Contents

6.  Other Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
Accrued salaries, vacation and bonus
 
$
204

 
$
326

Customer gift cards
 
215

 
222

Taxes other than income taxes
 
127

 
110

Occupancy and rent-related
 
35

 
40

Interest
 
78

 
88

Advertising
 
82

 
76

Current portion of workers’ compensation and general liability self-insurance
 
47

 
55

Restructuring and management transition (Note 16)
 
29

 
46

Current portion of retirement plan liabilities (Note 15)
 
26

 
46

Capital expenditures
 
33

 
13

Unrecognized tax benefits (Note 18)
 
3

 
3

Other
 
285

 
335

Total
 
$
1,164

 
$
1,360

7.  Other Liabilities
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
Supplemental pension and other postretirement benefit plan liabilities (Note 15)
 
$
126

 
$
138

Long-term portion of workers’ compensation and general liability insurance
 
131

 
153

Deferred developer/tenant allowances
 
143

 
113

Deferred rent liability
 
97

 
91

Primary pension plan (Note 15)
 
18

 
40

Interest rate swaps (Notes 8 and 9)
 
10

 
28

Unrecognized tax benefits (Note 18)
 
1

 
4

Restructuring and management transition (Note 16)
 
2

 
5

Other
 
55

 
46

Total
 
$
583

 
$
618

8.  Derivative Financial Instruments

We use derivative financial instruments for hedging and non-trading purposes to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates. Use of derivative financial instruments in hedging programs subjects us to certain risks, such as market and credit risks. Market risk represents the possibility that the value of the derivative instrument will change. In a hedging relationship, the change in the value of the derivative is offset to a great extent by the change in the value of the underlying hedged item. Credit risk related to derivatives represents the possibility that the counterparty will not fulfill the terms of the contract. The notional, or contractual amount of our derivative financial instruments is used to measure interest to be paid or received and does not represent our exposure due to credit risk. Credit risk is monitored through established approval procedures, including setting concentration limits by counterparty, reviewing credit ratings and requiring collateral (generally cash) from the counterparty when appropriate.

When we use derivative financial instruments for the purpose of hedging our exposure to interest rates, the contract terms of a hedged instrument closely mirror those of the hedged item, providing a high degree of risk reduction and correlation. Contracts that are effective at meeting the risk reduction and correlation criteria are recorded using hedge accounting. If a derivative instrument is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the instrument will either be offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments through earnings or be recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of an instrument’s change in fair value will be immediately recognized in earnings during the period. Instruments that do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting, or contracts for which we have not elected hedge accounting, are valued at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported in earnings during the period of change.

68

Table of Contents


Effective May 7, 2015, we entered into interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts totaling $1,250 million to fix a portion of our variable LIBOR-based interest payments. The interest rate swap agreements have a weighted-average fixed rate of 2.04% , mature on May 7, 2020 and have been designated as cash flow hedges.

The fair value of our interest rate swaps are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as an asset or a liability (see Note 9). The effective portion of the interest rate swaps' changes in fair values is reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) (see Note 12), and the ineffective portion is reported in Net income/(loss). Amounts in Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) are reclassified into Net income/(loss) when the related interest payments affect earnings. For the periods presented, all of the interest rate swaps were 100% effective.

Information regarding the pre-tax changes in the fair value of our interest rate swaps is as follows:
($ in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
Line Item in the Financial Statements
Gain/(loss) recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss)
$
5

 
$
(38
)
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Gain/(loss) recognized in net income/(loss)
(13
)
 
(10
)
 
Interest expense
Information regarding the gross amounts of our derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets is as follows:
 
Asset Derivatives at Fair Value
 
Liability Derivatives at Fair Value
($ in millions)
Balance Sheet Location
 
2016
 
2015
 
Balance Sheet Location
2016
 
2015
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
N/A
 
$

 
$

 
Other accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
2

 
$
2

Interest rate swaps
N/A
 

 

 
Other liabilities
10

 
28

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments
 
 
$

 
$

 
 
$
12

 
$
30


9.  Fair Value Disclosures
In determining fair value, the accounting standards establish a three level hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value, as follows:

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 — Significant observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, such as quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3 — Significant unobservable inputs reflecting our own assumptions, consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants.
 
Cash Flow Hedges Measured on a Recurring Basis
The $12 million fair value of our cash flow hedges are valued in the market using discounted cash flow techniques which use quoted market interest rates in discounted cash flow calculations which consider the instrument's term, notional amount, discount rate and credit risk. Significant inputs to the derivative valuation for interest rate swaps are observable in the active markets and are classified as Level 2 in the fair value measurement hierarchy.


69

Table of Contents

Other Non-Financial Assets Measured on a non-Recurring Basis
In 2014, assets of 19 underperforming department stores that continued to operate with carrying values of $32 million were written down to their estimated fair values of $2 million resulting in impairment charges of $30 million . Store impairment charges are recorded in the line item Real estate and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Key assumptions used to determine fair values were future cash flows including, among other things, expected future operating performance and changes in economic conditions as well as other market information obtained from brokers. Significant inputs related to valuing the store related assets are classified as Level 3 in the fair value measurement hierarchy.

Other Financial Instruments
Carrying values and fair values of financial instruments that are not carried at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows:
 
 
As of January 28, 2017
 
As of January 30, 2016
($ in millions)
 
Carrying Amount
 
Fair Value
 
Carrying Amount
 
Fair Value
Total debt, excluding unamortized debt issuance costs, capital leases, financing obligation and notes payable
 
$
4,665

 
$
4,495

 
$
4,830

 
$
4,248

 
The fair value of long-term debt is estimated by obtaining quotes from brokers or is based on current rates offered for similar debt. As of January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016 , the fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and short-term borrowings approximate their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk 
We have no significant concentrations of credit risk.
10.  Credit Facility
The Company has a $2,350 million senior secured asset-based credit facility (2014 Credit Facility), comprised of a $2,350 million revolving line of credit (Revolving Facility). During 2015, the Company amended the 2014 Credit Facility to increase the Revolving Facility from $1,850 million to $2,350 million , and in connection with upsizing the Revolving Facility, the Company prepaid and retired the $494 million outstanding principal amount of the $500 million term loan under the 2014 Credit Facility. The 2014 Credit Facility matures on June 20, 2019 .

The 2014 Credit Facility is secured by a perfected first-priority security interest in substantially all of our eligible credit card receivables, accounts receivable and inventory. The Revolving Facility is available for general corporate purposes, including the issuance of letters of credit. Pricing under the Revolving Facility is tiered based on our utilization under the line of credit. JCP’s obligations under the 2014 Credit Facility are guaranteed by J. C. Penney Company, Inc.

The borrowing base under the Revolving Facility is limited to a maximum of 85% of eligible accounts receivable, plus 90% of eligible credit card receivables, plus 90% of the liquidation value of our inventory, net of certain reserves. Letters of credit reduce the amount available to borrow by their face value. In addition, the maximum availability is limited by a minimum excess availability threshold which is the lesser of 10% of the borrowing base or $200 million, subject to a minimum threshold requirement of $150 million.
As of the end of 2016 , we had no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Facility. In addition, as of the end of 2016 , we had $2,061 million available for borrowing, of which $157 million was reserved for outstanding standby and import letters of credit, none of which have been drawn on, leaving $1,904 million for future borrowings. The applicable rate for standby and import letters of credit was 2.50% and 1.25% , respectively, while the required commitment fee was 0.375% for the unused portion of the Revolving Facility.

70

Table of Contents


11.  Long-Term Debt   
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
Issue:
 
 
 
 
5.65% Senior Notes Due 2020 (1)
 
$
400

 
$
400

5.75% Senior Notes Due 2018 (1)
 
265

 
300

5.875% Senior Secured Notes Due 2023 (1)
 
500

 

6.375% Senior Notes Due 2036 (1)
 
388

 
400

6.9% Notes Due 2026
 
2

 
2

7.125% Debentures Due 2023
 
10

 
10

7.4% Debentures Due 2037
 
313

 
326

7.625% Notes Due 2097
 
500

 
500

7.65% Debentures Due 2016
 

 
78

7.95% Debentures Due 2017
 
220

 
220

8.125% Senior Notes Due 2019
 
400

 
400

2016 Term Loan Facility
 
1,667

 

2013 Term Loan Facility
 

 
2,194

Total debt, excluding unamortized debt issuance costs, capital leases, financing obligation and note payable
 
4,665

 
4,830

Unamortized debt issuance costs
 
(63
)
 
(61
)
Total debt, excluding capital leases, financing obligation and note payable
 
4,602

 
4,769

Less: current maturities
 
263

 
101

Total long-term debt, excluding capital leases, financing obligation and note payable
 
$
4,339

 
$
4,668

Weighted-average interest rate at year end
 
6.3
%
 
6.5
%
Weighted-average maturity (in years)
 
15 years

 
 
 
(1)
These debt issuances contain a change of control provision that would obligate us, at the holders’ option, to repurchase the debt at a price of 101% . These provisions trigger if there were a beneficial ownership change of 50% or more of our common stock.

During the first quarter of 2016, we repurchased and retired $60 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding debt resulting in a gain on extinguishment of debt of $4 million .

During the second quarter of 2016, we completed the refinancing of our $2.25 billion five-year senior secured term loan facility entered into in 2013 (2013 Term Loan Facility) with an amended and restated $1.688 billion seven -year senior secured term loan credit facility (2016 Term Loan Facility) and the issuance of $500 million of 5.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2023 (Senior Secured Notes), resulting in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $34 million .

The 2016 Term Loan Facility bears interest at a rate of LIBOR (subject to a 1% floor) plus 4.25% and matures on June 23, 2023. We are required to make quarterly repayments in a principal amount equal to $10.55 million during the seven-year term, subject to certain reductions for mandatory and optional prepayments. Proceeds from the 2016 Term Loan Facility and the Senior Secured Notes were used to repay the entire outstanding principal balance of the 2013 Term Loan Facility. The 2016 Term Loan Facility and the Senior Secured Notes are guaranteed by the Company and certain subsidiaries of JCP and are secured by mortgages on certain real estate of JCP and the guarantors.









71

Table of Contents


Scheduled Annual Principal Payments on Long-Term Debt, Excluding Capital Leases Financing Obligation and Note Payable
($ in millions)
 
2017
$
263

2018
307

2019
442

2020
442

2021
42

Thereafter
3,169

Total
$
4,665

12.  Stockholders’ Equity
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
The following table shows the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) balances for 2016 and 2015 :
($ in millions)
 
Net Actuarial Gain/(Loss)
 
Prior Service Credit/(Cost)
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
Gain/(Loss) on Cash Flow Hedges
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
January 31, 2015
 
$
(308
)
 
$
(40
)
 
$
(2
)
 
$

 
$
(350
)
Current period change
 
(115
)
 
2

 

 
(28
)
 
(141
)
January 30, 2016
 
$
(423
)
 
$
(38
)
 
$
(2
)
 
$
(28
)
 
$
(491
)
Current period change
 
2

 
5

 

 
11

 
18

January 28, 2017
 
$
(421
)
 
$
(33
)
 
$
(2
)
 
$
(17
)
 
$
(473
)

Common Stock 
On a combined basis, our 401(k) savings plan, including our employee stock ownership plan (ESOP), held approximately 14 million shares, or approximately 4.5% of outstanding Company common stock, at January 28, 2017 . Under our 2016 senior secured term loan, we are subject to restrictive covenants regarding our ability to pay cash dividends.
 
Preferred Stock 
We have authorized 25 million shares of preferred stock; no shares of preferred stock were issued and outstanding as of January 28, 2017 or January 30, 2016 .

Stock Warrant 
On June 13, 2011, prior to his employment, we entered into a warrant purchase agreement with Ronald B. Johnson pursuant to which Mr. Johnson made a personal investment in the Company by purchasing a warrant to acquire approximately 7.3 million shares of J. C. Penney Company, Inc. common stock for a purchase price of approximately $50 million at a mutually determined fair value of $6.89 per share. The warrant has an exercise price of $29.92 per share, subject to customary adjustments resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, or other extraordinary distribution with respect to J. C. Penney Company, Inc. common stock. The warrant has a term of seven and one-half years and was initially exercisable after the sixth anniversary, or June 13, 2017 ; however, the warrant became immediately exercisable upon the termination of Mr. Johnson’s employment with us in April 2013. The warrant is also subject to transfer restrictions. The proceeds from the sale of the warrant were recorded as additional paid-in capital.
 
Stockholders' Rights Agreement
As authorized by our Company’s Board of Directors (the Board), on January 27, 2014, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Rights Agreement (Amended Rights Agreement) with Computershare Inc., as Rights Agent (Rights Agent), amending, restating and replacing the Rights Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2013 (Original Rights Agreement), between the Company and the Rights Agent. Pursuant to the terms of the Original Rights Agreement, one preferred stock purchase right (a Right) was attached to each outstanding share of Common Stock of $0.50 par value of the Company (Common Stock) held by holders of record as of the close of business on September 3, 2013. The Company has issued one Right in respect of each new share of Common Stock issued since the record date. The Rights, registered on August 23, 2013, trade with and are inseparable from our Common Stock and will not be evidenced by separate certificates unless they become exercisable.

72

Table of Contents


The purpose of the Amended Rights Agreement is to diminish the risk that the Company's ability to use its net operating losses and other tax assets to reduce potential future federal income tax obligations would become subject to limitations by reason of the Company's experiencing an "ownership change" as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code). Ownership changes under Section 382 generally relate to the cumulative change in ownership among stockholders with an ownership interest of 5% or more (as determined under Section 382's rules) over a rolling three year period. The Amended Rights Agreement is intended to reduce the likelihood of an ownership change under Section 382 by deterring any person or group from acquiring beneficial ownership of 4.9% or more of the outstanding Common Stock. The amendments to the Original Rights Agreement also extended the expiration date of the Rights from August 20, 2014 to January 26, 2017 and amended certain other provisions, including the definition of "beneficial ownership" to include terms appropriate for the purpose of preserving tax benefits.   The Board authorized to extend the term of the rights plan for an additional three years and we will submit the extension of the rights plan to a vote at our annual meeting of stockholders in May 2017. If stockholders do not approve the extension of the rights plan, the rights plan will terminate.

Each Right entitles its holder to purchase from the Company 1/1000th of a share of a newly authorized series of participating preferred stock at an exercise price of $55.00 , subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of the Amended Rights Agreement, once the Rights become exercisable. In general terms, under the Amended Rights Agreement, the Rights become exercisable if any person or group acquires 4.9% or more of the Common Stock or, in the case of any person or group that owned 4.9% or more of the Common Stock as of January 27, 2014, upon the acquisition of any additional shares by such person or group. In addition, the Company, its subsidiaries, employee benefit plans of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and any entity holding Common Stock for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan, are excepted. Upon exercise of the Right in accordance with the Amended Rights Agreement, the holder would be able to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock from the Company having an aggregate market value (as defined in the Amended Rights Agreement) equal to twice the then-current exercise price for an amount in cash equal to the then-current exercise price. The Rights will not prevent an ownership change from occurring under Section 382 of the Code or a takeover of the Company, but may cause substantial dilution to a person that acquires 4.9% or more of our Common Stock.
13.  Stock-Based Compensation
We grant stock-based compensation awards to employees and non-employee directors under our equity compensation plan. On May 20, 2016, our stockholders approved the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan (2016 Plan), which has a fungible share design in which each stock option will count as one share issued and each stock award will count as 1.6 shares issued, except for stock awards issued from January 30, 2016 to May 20, 2016, the effective date of the 2016 Plan, in which each stock award counted as two shares issued. The 2016 Plan reserved 12.25 million shares of common stock or 19.6 million options for future grants and will terminate on May 30, 2021.  In addition, shares underlying any outstanding stock award or stock option grant canceled prior to vesting or exercise become available for use under the 2016 Plan. Under the terms of the 2016 Plan, all grants made after January 30, 2016 reduce the shares available for grant under the 2016 Plan. As of January 28, 2017 , a maximum of 18.4 million shares of stock were available for future grant under the 2016 Plan.

Our stock option and restricted stock award grants have averaged about 2.7% of outstanding stock over the past three years. Authorized shares of the Company's common stock are used to settle the exercise of stock options, granting of restricted shares and vesting of restricted stock units.
 
Stock-based Compensation Cost
The components of total stock-based compensation costs are as follows:
($ in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Stock awards
$
27

 
$
32

 
$
20

Stock options
8

 
12

 
13

Total stock-based compensation (1)
$
35

 
$
44

 
$
33

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total income tax benefit recognized for stock-based compensation arrangements
$

 
$

 
$


(1)
Excludes $0 million , $9 million and $3 million for 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively, of stock-based compensation costs reported in restructuring and management transition charges (Note 16 ).



73

Table of Contents

Stock Options 
The following table summarizes stock option activity during the year ended January 28, 2017 :
 
 
Shares (in thousands)
 
Weighted - Average Exercise Price Per Share
 
Weighted - Average Remaining Contractual Term  (in years)
 
Aggregate Intrinsic  Value ($ in millions) (1)  
Outstanding at January 30, 2016
 
16,096

 
$
24

 
 
 
 
Granted
 
2,072

 
11

 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
(223
)
 
8

 
 
 
 
Forfeited/canceled
 
(3,527
)
 
43

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at January 28, 2017
 
14,418

 
18

 
5.6
 
$

Exercisable at January 28, 2017
 
8,169

 
25

 
3.6
 
$

 
(1)
The intrinsic value of a stock option is the amount by which the market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option at year end.

Cash proceeds, tax benefits and intrinsic value related to total stock options exercised are provided in the following table:
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Proceeds from stock options exercised
 
$
2

 
$

 
$

Intrinsic value of stock options exercised
 

 

 

Tax benefit related to stock-based compensation
 

 

 

Excess tax benefits realized on stock-based compensation
 

 

 

 
As of January 28, 2017 , we had $12 million of unrecognized and unearned compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, for stock options not yet vested, which will be recognized as expense over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of approximately two years.
 
Our weighted-average fair value of stock options at grant date was $4.89 in 2016 , $3.48 in 2015 and $3.78 in 2014 . We primarily used the binomial lattice valuation model in 2016 and 2015 and the Monte Carlo simulation model in 2014 to determine the fair value of the stock options granted using the following assumptions:
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Weighted-average expected option term
 
4.7 years
 
4.6 years
 
4.1 years
Weighted-average expected volatility
 
54.22%
 
51.46%
 
60.00%
Weighted-average risk-free interest rate
 
1.38%
 
1.50%
 
1.60%
Weighted-average expected dividend yield (1)
 
—%
 
—%
 
—%
Expected dividend yield range (1)
 
—%
 
—%
 
—%

(1) Following the May 1, 2012 payment, we discontinued the quarterly $0.20 per share dividend.















74

Table of Contents

Stock Awards
The following table summarizes our non-vested stock awards activity during the year ended January 28, 2017 :  
 
Time-Based Stock Awards
 
Performance-Based Stock Awards
(shares in thousands)
Number of Units
 
Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
 
Number of Units
 
Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested at January 30, 2016
7,698

 
$
9

 
2,557

 
$
7

Granted
1,501

 
10

 
1,071

 
11

Vested
(2,793
)
 
9

 
(418
)
 
7

Forfeited/canceled
(588
)
 
9

 
(82
)
 
8

Non-vested at January 28, 2017
5,818

 
9

 
3,128

 
8

 
As of January 28, 2017 , we had $38 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to unearned employee stock awards, which will be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of approximately two years. The aggregate market value of shares vested during 2016 , 2015 and 2014 was $30 million , $16 million and $4 million , respectively, compared to an aggregate grant date fair value of $28 million , $27 million and $9 million , respectively.

In addition to the grants above, on March 3, 2016, we granted approximately 1.8 million phantom units as part of our management incentive compensation plan, which are similar to RSUs in that the number of units granted was based on the price of our stock, but the units will be settled in cash based on the value of our stock on the vesting date, limited to $21.68 per phantom unit. The fair value of the awards is remeasured at each reporting period and was $6.45 per share as of January 28, 2017 . Compensation expense, which is variable, is recognized over the vesting period with a corresponding liability, which is recorded in Other liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The phantom units have a liability of $10 million as of January 28, 2017 , and $22 million in cash was paid during 2016 for previously granted phantom units.
14.  Leases, Financing Obligation and Note Payable
 
We conduct a major part of our operations from leased premises that include retail stores, store distribution centers, warehouses, offices and other facilities. Almost all leases will expire during the next 20 years; however, most leases will be renewed, primarily through an option exercise, or replaced by leases on other premises. We also lease data processing equipment and other personal property under operating leases of primarily three to five years. Rent expense, net of sublease income, was as follows:
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Real property base rent and straight-lined step rent expense
 
$
214

 
$
221

 
$
233

Real property contingent rent expense (based on sales)
 
7

 
7

 
8

Personal property rent expense
 
31

 
39

 
53

Total rent expense
 
$
252

 
$
267

 
$
294

Less: sublease income (1)
 
(11
)
 
(11
)
 
(13
)
Net rent expense
 
$
241

 
$
256

 
$
281


(1)
Sublease income is reported in Real estate and other, net.












75

Table of Contents

As of January 28, 2017 , future minimum lease payments for non-cancelable operating leases, including lease renewals determined to be reasonably assured and capital leases, including our note payable, were as follows:  
($ in millions)
 
2017
$
220

2018
193

2019
173

2020
158

2021
143

Thereafter
1,822

Less: sublease income
(16
)
Total minimum lease payments
$
2,693


On December 29, 2016, the Company executed a sale-leaseback transaction for its Home Office where the related real estate was sold for $273 million and the Company leased back approximately 65% of the building for an initial term of 15 years and three options to renew the lease for five-year increments. The sale price of the building encompassed net cash proceeds of $216 million , after the payment of $7 million in related closing costs, and seller-financing of $50 million , that is due to the Company in four years along with interest at an annual rate of 5% . The seller-financing portion of the transaction created a form of continuing involvement which precludes sale-leaseback accounting until the related note is paid in full. Accordingly, the Company accounted for the sale-leaseback as a financing transaction with the Home Office remaining on our books at its then carrying value, the net cash proceeds received being reflected as a financing obligation, and the future rental payments to the landlord being treated as debt service and applied to interest and principal over the initial 15 year term.

As of January 28, 2017 , future minimum lease payments for capital leases and payments related to our financing obligation and note payable were as follows:  
($ in millions)
 
2017
$
30

2018
21

2019
21

2020
18

2021
19

Thereafter
205

Less: sublease income

Total payments
314

Plus: amount representing residual asset balance
77

Less: amounts representing interest
(157
)
Present value of net minimum lease obligations, financing obligation and note payable
$
234


76

Table of Contents

15.  Retirement Benefit Plans
 
We provide retirement pension benefits, postretirement health and welfare benefits, as well as 401(k) savings, profit-sharing and stock ownership plan benefits to various segments of our workforce. Retirement benefits are an important part of our total compensation and benefits program designed to retain and attract qualified, talented employees. Pension benefits are provided through defined benefit pension plans consisting of a non-contributory qualified pension plan (Primary Pension Plan) and, for certain management employees, non-contributory supplemental retirement plans, including a 1997 voluntary early retirement plan. Retirement and other benefits include:
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
Primary Pension Plan – funded
Supplemental retirement plans – unfunded
 
Other Benefit Plans
Postretirement benefits – medical and dental
Defined contribution plans:
401(k) savings, profit-sharing and stock ownership plan
Deferred compensation plan
 
Defined Benefit Pension Plans

Primary Pension Plan — Funded
The Primary Pension Plan is a funded non-contributory qualified pension plan, initiated in 1966 and closed to new entrants on January 1, 2007. The plan is funded by Company contributions to a trust fund, which are held for the sole benefit of participants and beneficiaries.
 
Supplemental Retirement Plans — Unfunded
We have unfunded supplemental retirement plans, which provide retirement benefits to certain management employees. We pay ongoing benefits from operating cash flow and cash investments. The plans are a Supplemental Retirement Program and a Benefit Restoration Plan. Participation in the Supplemental Retirement Program is limited to employees who were annual incentive-eligible management employees as of December 31, 1995. Benefits for these plans are based on length of service and final average compensation. The Benefit Restoration Plan is intended to make up benefits that could not be paid by the Primary Pension Plan due to governmental limits on the amount of benefits and the level of pay considered in the calculation of benefits. The Supplemental Retirement Program is a non-qualified plan that was designed to allow eligible management employees to retire at age 60 with retirement income comparable to the age 65 benefit provided under the Primary Pension Plan and Benefit Restoration Plan. In addition, the Supplemental Retirement Program offers participants who leave between ages 60 and 62 benefits equal to the estimated social security benefits payable at age 62 . The Supplemental Retirement Program also continues Company-paid term life insurance at a declining rate until it is phased out at age 70 . Employee-paid term life insurance through age 65 is continued under a separate plan (Supplemental Term Life Insurance Plan for Management Profit-Sharing Employees).
     
Primary Pension Plan Lump-Sum Payment Offer and Annuity Contract Purchase
In August 2015, as a result of a plan amendment, we offered approximately 31,000 retirees and beneficiaries in the Primary
Pension Plan who commenced their benefit between January 1, 2000 and August 31, 2012 the option to receive a lump-sum
settlement payment. In addition, we offered approximately 8,000 participants in the Primary Pension Plan who separated from
service and had a deferred vested benefit as of August 31, 2012 the option to receive a lump-sum settlement payment.
Approximately 12,000 retirees and beneficiaries elected to receive voluntary lump-sum payments to settle the Primary Pension
Plan's obligation to them. In addition, approximately 1,900 former employees having deferred vested benefits elected to
receive lump-sums. The lump-sum settlement payments totaling $717 million were made by the Company on November 5, 2015 using assets from the Primary Pension Plan.

On December 7, 2015, the Company completed the purchase of a group annuity contract that transferred to The Prudential Insurance Company of America the pension benefit obligation of approximately 18,000 retirees totaling $838 million .

Actuarial loss of $180 million was recognized as settlement expense as a result of the lump-sum offer payment and the purchase of the group annuity contract.



77

Table of Contents

Pension Expense/(Income) for Defined Benefit Pension Plans
The components of net periodic benefit expense/(income) for our Primary Pension Plan and our non-contributory supplemental pension plans are as follows:
($ in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Primary Pension Plan
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Service cost
 
$
55

 
$
69

 
$
61

Interest cost
 
153

 
196

 
211

Expected return on plan assets
 
(215
)
 
(357
)
 
(348
)
Actuarial loss/(gain)
 

 
52

 

Amortization of prior service cost/(credit)
 
8

 
8

 
7

Settlement expense
 

 
180

 

Other
 

 
6

 

Loss/(gain) on transfer of benefits
 

 

 
51

Net periodic benefit expense/(income)
 
$
1

 
$
154

 
$
(18
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental Pension Plans
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
 
$

 
$

 
$

Interest cost
 
7

 
7

 
9

Actuarial loss/(gain)
 
11

 
1

 
12

Amortization of prior service cost/(credit)
 

 

 

Loss/(gain) on transfer of benefits
 

 

 
(51
)
Net periodic benefit expense/(income)
 
$
18

 
$
8

 
$
(30
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Primary and Supplemental Pension Plans Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
 
$
55

 
$
69

 
$
61

Interest cost
 
160

 
203

 
220

Expected return on plan assets
 
(215
)
 
(357
)
 
(348
)
Amortization of actuarial loss/(gain)
 
11

 
53

 
12

Amortization of prior service cost/(credit)
 
8

 
8

 
7

Settlement expense
 

 
180

 

Other
 

 
6

 

Loss/(gain) on transfer of benefits
 

 

 

Net periodic benefit expense/(income)
 
$
19

 
$
162

 
$
(48
)
 
The defined benefit plan pension expense shown in the above table is included as a separate line item in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

During 2014, we transferred $56 million of supplemental pension plan benefits, as allowed under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, out of our supplemental pension plans and into our Primary Pension Plan. The transfer did not have a significant impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements; however, it did result in a gain of $51 million for our supplemental pension plans and loss of $51 million for our Primary Pension Plan.

Assumptions 
The weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine expense were as follows:
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
Expected return on plan assets
6.75
%
 
6.75
%
 
7.00
%
 
Discount rate
4.73
%
 
3.87
%
 
4.89
%
 
Salary increase
3.9
%
 
3.5
%
 
3.5
%
 
 
The expected return on plan assets is based on the plan’s long-term asset allocation policy, historical returns for plan assets and overall capital market returns, taking into account current and expected market conditions.

78

Table of Contents

The discount rate used to measure pension expense each year is the rate as of the beginning of the year (i.e., the prior
measurement date). The discount rate used, determined by the plan actuary, was based on a hypothetical AA yield curve represented by a series of bonds maturing over the next 30 years, designed to match the corresponding pension benefit cash payments to retirees.

The salary progression rate to measure pension expense was based on age ranges and projected forward.
   
Funded Status
As of the end of 2016 , the funded status of the Primary Pension Plan was 99% . The Primary Benefit Obligation (PBO) is the present value of benefits earned to date by plan participants, including the effect of assumed future salary increases. Under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), the funded status of the plan exceeded 100% as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the qualified pension plan’s year end.

The following table provides a reconciliation of benefit obligations, plan assets and the funded status of the Primary Pension Plan and supplemental pension plans:
 
Primary Pension Plan
 
Supplemental Plans
 
($ in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
 
Change in PBO
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
3,327


$
5,254


$
176


$
191

  
Service cost
55

  
69

  

  

  
Interest cost
153

  
196

  
7

  
7

  
Amendments

  

  

  

  
Settlements

 
(1,555
)
 

 

 
Transfer of benefits

 

 

 

 
Actuarial loss/(gain)
151

  
(247
)
  
10

  
(3
)
  
Benefits (paid)
(213
)
 
(390
)
 
(41
)
 
(19
)
 
Balance at measurement date
$
3,473

  
$
3,327

  
$
152

  
$
176

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in fair value of plan assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
3,287

  
$
5,474

  
$

  
$

  
Company contributions

  

  
41

  
19

  
Actual return on assets (1)
381

  
(242
)
  

  

  
Settlements

 
(1,555
)
 

 

 
Benefits (paid)
(213
)
 
(390
)
 
(41
)
 
(19
)
 
Balance at measurement date
$
3,455

  
$
3,287

  
$

  
$

  
Funded status of the plan
$
(18
)
(2)  
$
(40
)
(2)  
$
(152
)
(3)  
$
(176
)
(3)  
 
(1)
Includes plan administrative expenses.
(2)
$18 million in 2016 and $40 million in 2015 are included in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(3)
$26 million in 2016 and $46 million in 2015 were included in Other accounts payable and accrued expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the remaining amounts were included in Other liabilities.
 
In 2016 , the funded status of the Primary Pension Plan increased by $22 million primarily due to the performance of plan assets. The actual one-year return on pension plan assets at the measurement date was 12.3% in 2016 , bringing the annualized return since inception of the plan to 8.9% .
 

79

Table of Contents

The following pre-tax amounts were recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of the end of 2016 and 2015 :
 
Primary Pension Plan
 
Supplemental Plans
($ in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Net actuarial loss/(gain)
$
318

 
$
333

 
$
12

 
$
13

Prior service cost/(credit)
49

  
57

 
(4
)
  
(4
)
Total
$
367

(1)  
$
390

 
$
8

 
$
9

 
(1)
In 2017 , approximately $8 million for the Primary Pension Plan is expected to be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) into net periodic benefit expense/(income) included in Pension in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Assumptions to Determine Obligations
The weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit obligations for each of the years below were as follows:
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Discount rate
 
4.40
%
 
4.73
%
 
3.87
%
Salary progression rate
 
3.9
%
 
3.9
%
 
3.5
%

Accumulated Benefit Obligation (ABO)
The ABO is the present value of benefits earned to date, assuming no future salary growth. The ABO for our Primary Pension Plan was $3.2 billion and $3.1 billion as of the end of 2016 and 2015 , respectively. At the end of 2016 , plan assets of $3.5 billion for the Primary Pension Plan were above the ABO. The ABO for our unfunded supplemental pension plans was $133 million and $153 million as of the end of 2016 and 2015 , respectively. 
 
Primary Pension Plan Asset Allocation
The target allocation ranges for each asset class as of the end of 2016 and the fair value of each asset class as a percent of the total fair value of pension plan assets were as follows:
 
 
2016 Target
 
Plan Assets
Asset Class
 
Allocation Ranges
 
2016
 
2015
Equity
 
20% - 40%
 
22
%
 
16
%
Fixed income
 
50% - 65%
 
60
%
 
54
%
Real estate, cash and other investments
 
10% - 20%
 
18
%
 
30
%
Total
 
 
 
100
%
 
100
%
 
Asset Allocation Strategy
In 2009, we began implementing a liability-driven investment (LDI) strategy to lower the plan’s volatility risk and minimize the impact of interest rate changes on the plan funded status. The implementation of the LDI strategy is phased in over time by reallocating the plan’s assets more towards fixed income investments (i.e., debt securities) that are more closely matched in terms of duration to the plan liability.
The plan’s asset portfolio is actively managed and primarily invested in fixed income balanced with investments in equity securities and other asset classes to maintain an efficient risk/return diversification profile. The risk of loss in the plan’s equity portfolio is mitigated by investing in a broad range of equity securities across different sectors and countries. Investment types, including high-yield debt securities, illiquid assets such as real estate, the use of derivatives and Company securities are set forth in written guidelines established for each investment manager and monitored by the plan’s management team. The plan’s asset allocation policy is designed to meet the plan’s future pension benefit obligations. Under the policy, asset classes are periodically reviewed and rebalanced as necessary, to ensure that the mix continues to be appropriate relative to established targets and ranges. 
We have an internal Benefit Plans Investment Committee (BPIC), which consists of senior executives who have established a review process of asset allocation and investment strategies and oversee risk management practices associated with the management of the plan’s assets. Key risk management practices include having an established and broad decision-making framework in place, focused on long-term plan objectives. This framework consists of the BPIC and various third parties, including investment managers, an investment consultant, an actuary and a trustee/custodian. The funded status of the plan is monitored on a continuous basis, including quarterly reviews with updated market and liability information. Actual asset

80

Table of Contents

allocations are monitored monthly and rebalancing actions are executed at least quarterly, if needed. To manage the risk associated with an actively managed portfolio, the plan’s management team reviews each manager’s portfolio on a quarterly basis and has written manager guidelines in place, which are adjusted as necessary to ensure appropriate diversification levels. Finally, to minimize operational risk, we utilize a master custodian for all plan assets, and each investment manager reconciles its account with the custodian at least quarterly.

Fair Value of Primary Pension Plan Assets
The tables below provide the fair values of the Primary Pension Plan’s assets as of the end of 2016 and 2015 , by major class of asset.  
 
 
Investments at Fair Value at January 28, 2017
($ in millions)
 
Level 1 (1)
 
Level 2 (1)
 
Level 3
 
Total
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
 
$
2

 
$

 
$

 
$
2

Common collective trusts
 

 
88

 

 
88

Cash and cash equivalents total
 
2

 
88

 

 
90

Common collective trusts – international
 

 
148

 

 
148

Equity securities – domestic
 
421

 

 

 
421

Equity securities – international
 
113

 

 

 
113

Equity securities total
 
534

 
148

 

 
682

Common collective trusts
 

 
864

 

 
864

Corporate bonds
 

 
919

 
7

 
926

Swaps
 

 
934

 

 
934

Government securities
 

 
185

 

 
185

Mortgage backed securities
 

 
4

 

 
4

Other fixed income
 

 
149

 

 
149

Fixed income total
 

 
3,055

 
7

 
3,062

Public REITs
 
37

 

 

 
37

Private real estate
 

 
15

 

 
15

Real estate total
 
37

 
15

 

 
52

Total investment assets at fair value
 
$
573

 
$
3,306

 
$
7

 
$
3,886

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
 
$

 
$
(928
)
 
$

 
$
(928
)
Other fixed income
 

 
(6
)
 

 
(6
)
Fixed income total
 

 
(934
)
 

 
(934
)
Total liabilities at fair value
 
$

 
$
(934
)
 
$

 
$
(934
)
Accounts payable, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(76
)
Investments at Net Asset Value (NAV) (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
220

Private real estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
135

Hedge funds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
224

Total investments at NAV
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
579

Total net assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
3,455

 
(1)
There were no significant transfers in or out of level 1 or 2 investments.
(2)
Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

81

Table of Contents

 
 
Investments at Fair Value at January 30, 2016
($ in millions)
 
Level 1 (1)
 
Level 2 (1)
 
Level 3
 
Total
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
 
$
86

 
$

 
$

 
$
86

Common collective trusts
 

 
427

 

 
427

Cash and cash equivalents total
 
86

 
427

 

 
513

Common collective trusts – international
 

 
166

 

 
166

Equity securities – domestic
 
192

 

 

 
192

Equity securities – international
 
89

 

 

 
89

Equity securities total
 
281

 
166

 

 
447

Common collective trusts
 

 
676

 

 
676

Corporate bonds
 

 
771

 
5

 
776

Swaps
 

 
787

 

 
787

Government securities
 

 
230

 

 
230

Mortgage backed securities
 

 
4

 

 
4

Other fixed income
 

 
155

 
3

 
158

Fixed income total
 

 
2,623

 
8

 
2,631

Public REITs
 
34

 

 

 
34

Private real estate
 

 
14

 

 
14

Real estate total
 
34

 
14

 

 
48

Total investment assets at fair value
 
$
401

 
$
3,230

 
$
8

 
$
3,639

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Swaps
 
$

 
$
(801
)
 
$

 
$
(801
)
Other fixed income
 

 
(6
)
 

 
(6
)
Fixed income total
 

 
(807
)
 

 
(807
)
Total liabilities at fair value
 
$

 
$
(807
)
 
$

 
$
(807
)
Accounts payable, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(158
)
Investments at Net Asset Value (NAV) (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
248

Private real estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
151

Hedge funds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
214

Total investments at NAV
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
613

Total net assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
3,287


(1)
There were no significant transfers in or out of level 1 or 2 investments.
(2)
Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
 
Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for Primary Pension Plan assets measured at fair value.
 
Cash – Cash is valued at cost which approximates fair value, and is classified as level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
Common Collective Trusts Common collective trusts are pools of investments within cash equivalents, equity and fixed income that are benchmarked relative to a comparable index. They are valued on the basis of the relative interest of each participating investor in the fair value of the underlying assets. The investments are are valued at net asset value (NAV) as fair value and are classified as level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
Equity Securities Equity securities are common stocks and preferred stocks valued based on the price of the security as listed on an open active exchange and classified as level 1 of the fair value hierarchy, as well as warrants and preferred stock that are

82

Table of Contents

valued at a price, which is based on a broker quote in an over-the-counter market, and are classified as level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Private Equity Private equity is composed of interests in private equity funds valued on the basis of the relative interest of each participating investor in the fair value of the underlying assets and/or common stock of privately held companies. There are no observable market values for private equity funds. The valuations for the funds are derived using a combination of different methodologies including (1) the market approach, which consists of analyzing market transactions for comparable assets, (2) the income approach using the discounted cash flow model, or (3) cost method. Private equity funds also provide audited financial statements. Private equity investments are valued at NAV as a practical expedient.

Corporate Bonds   – Corporate bonds and Corporate loans are valued at a price which is based on observable market information in primary markets or a broker quote in an over-the-counter market, and are classified as level 2 or level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
  
Swaps – swap contracts are based on broker quotes in an over-the-counter market and are classified as level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
Government, Municipal Bonds and Mortgaged Backed Securities  – Government and municipal securities are valued at a price based on a broker quote in an over-the-counter market and classified as level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.   Mortgage backed securities are valued at a price based on observable market information or a broker quote in an over-the-counter market and classified as level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
 
Other Fixed Income non-mortgage asset backed securities, collateral held in short-term investments for derivative contract and derivatives composed of futures contracts, option contracts and other fixed income derivatives valued at a price based on observable market information or a broker quote in an over-the-counter market and classified as level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.    
 
Real Estate Real estate is comprised of public and private real estate investments. Real estate investments through registered investment companies that trade on an exchange are classified as level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Investments through open end private real estate funds that are valued at the reported NAV as fair value and are classified as level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Private real estate investments through partnership interests that are valued based on different methodologies including discounted cash flow, direct capitalization and market comparable analysis are valued at NAV as a practical expedient.

Hedge Fund Hedge funds exposure is through fund of funds, which are made up of over 30 different hedge fund managers diversified over different hedge strategies. The fair value of the hedge fund is determined by the fund's administrator using valuation provided by the third party administrator for each of the underlying funds. Hedge fund investments are valued at NAV as a practical expedient.
     
 
The following tables set forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Primary Pension Plan’s level 3 investment assets:
 
2016
($ in millions)
Corporate Loans
 
Corporate Bonds
Balance, beginning of year
$
3

 
$
5

Transfers, net

 

Realized gains/(loss)

 
3

Unrealized (losses)/gains

 
(4
)
Purchases and issuances

 
15

Sales, maturities and settlements
(3
)
 
(12
)
Balance, end of year
$

 
$
7

 

83

Table of Contents

 
2015
($ in millions)
Corporate Loans
 
Corporate Bonds
Balance, beginning of year
$
5

 
$
7

Realized gains/(loss)

 
(3
)
Unrealized (losses)/gains

 
2

Purchases and issuances

 
1

Sales, maturities and settlements
(2
)
 
(2
)
Balance, end of year
$
3

 
$
5


Contributions
Our policy with respect to funding the Primary Pension Plan is to fund at least the minimum required by ERISA rules, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006, and not more than the maximum amount deductible for tax purposes. Due to our past funding of the pension plan and overall positive growth in plan assets since plan inception, there will not be any required cash contribution for funding of plan assets in 2017 under ERISA, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

Our contributions to the unfunded non-qualified supplemental retirement plans are equal to the amount of benefit payments made to retirees throughout the year and for 2017 are anticipated to be approximately $26 million . Benefits are paid in the form of five equal annual installments to participants and no election as to the form of benefit is provided for in the unfunded plans.  The following sets forth our estimated future benefit payments:
($ in millions)
 
Primary Plan Benefits
 
Supplemental Plan Benefits
2017
 
$
203

 
$
26

2018
 
205

 
18

2019
 
210

 
16

2020
 
215

 
16

2021
 
221

 
13

2022-2026
 
1,160

 
58

     
Other Benefit Plans
 
Postretirement Benefits — Medical and Dental
We provide medical and dental benefits to retirees through a contributory medical and dental plan based on age and years of service. We provide a defined dollar commitment toward retiree medical premiums.
 
Effective June 7, 2005, we amended the medical plan to reduce our subsidy to post-age 65 retirees and spouses by 45% beginning January 1, 2006, and then fully eliminated the subsidy after December 31, 2006. As disclosed previously, the postretirement benefit plan was amended in 2001 to reduce and cap the per capita dollar amount of the benefit costs that would be paid by the plan. Thus, changes in the assumed or actual health care cost trend rates do not materially affect the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation or our annual expense.

The net periodic postretirement benefit income of $17 million in 2016 , $7 million in 2015 and $8 million in 2014 is included in SG&A expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The postretirement medical and dental plan was terminated effective December 31, 2016. At the end of 2015, the postretirement medical and dental plan had no assets and an accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO) of $8 million .
 
Defined Contribution Plans 
The Savings, Profit-Sharing and Stock Ownership Plan (Savings Plan) is a qualified defined contribution plan, a 401(k) plan, available to all eligible employees. Effective January 1, 2007, all employees who are age 21 or older are immediately eligible to participate in and contribute a percentage of their pay to the Savings Plan. Eligible employees, who have completed one year and at least 1,000 hours of service within an eligibility period, are offered a fixed matching contribution each pay period equal to 50% of up to 6% of pay contributed by the employee. Matching contributions are credited to employees’ accounts in accordance with their investment elections and fully vest after three years. We may make additional discretionary matching contributions. 

84

Table of Contents


The Savings Plan includes a non-contributory retirement account. Participants who are hired or rehired on or after January 1, 2007 and who have completed at least 1,000 hours of service within an eligibility period receive a Company contribution in an amount equal to 2% of the participants’ annual pay. This Company contribution is in lieu of the primary pension benefit that was closed to employees hired or rehired on or after that date. Participating employees are fully vested after three years.

Effective January 1, 2017, the Company added a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan that was made available for active employees hired on or after January 1, 2007. The Company matching contributions under the Safe Harbor Plan are equal to 100% of up to 5% of pay contributed by the employee. Matching contributions are credited to employees' accounts in accordance with their investment elections and fully vest immediately. The Safe Harbor Plan replaces the non-contributory retirement account.
 
In addition to the Savings Plan, we sponsor the Mirror Savings Plan, which is a non-qualified contributory unfunded defined contribution plan offered to certain management employees. This plan supplements retirement savings under the Savings Plan for eligible management employees who choose to participate in it. The plan’s investment options generally mirror the traditional Savings Plan investment options. Similar to the supplemental retirement plans, the Mirror Savings Plan benefits are paid from our operating cash flow and cash investments.
 
The expense for these plans, which was predominantly included in SG&A expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, was $49 million in 2016 , $56 million in 2015 and $53 million in 2014 .
16.  Restructuring and Management Transition
The components of Restructuring and management transition include:
Home office and stores -- charges for actions to reduce our store and home office expenses including employee termination benefits, store lease termination and impairment charges;
Management transition -- charges related to implementing changes within our management leadership team for both incoming and outgoing members of management; and
Other -- charges related primarily to contract termination costs and other costs associated with our previous shops strategy.
 
The composition of restructuring and management transition charges was as follows:    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cumulative Amount From Program Inception Through
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2016
Home office and stores
 
$
8

 
$
42

 
$
45

 
$
297

Management transition
 
3

 
28

 
16

 
255

Other
 
15

 
14

 
26

 
178

Total
 
$
26

 
$
84

 
$
87

 
$
730

 

85

Table of Contents

Activity for the restructuring and management transition liability for 2016 and 2015 was as follows:
($ in millions)
 
Home Office and Stores
 
Management Transition
 
Other
 
Total
January 31, 2015
 
$
9

 
$

 
$
17

 
$
26

Charges
 
42

 
28

 
14

 
84

Cash payments
 
(33
)
 
(9
)
 
(7
)
 
(49
)
Non-cash
 

 
(9
)
 
(1
)
 
(10
)
January 30, 2016
 
18

 
10

 
23

 
51

Charges
 
8

 
3

 
15

 
26

Cash payments
 
(23
)
 
(13
)
 
(11
)
 
(47
)
Non-cash
 
1

 

 

 
1

January 28, 2017
 
$
4

 
$

 
$
27

 
$
31


Non-cash amounts represent charges that do not result in cash expenditures including increased depreciation and write-off of store fixtures and stock-based compensation.
17.  Real Estate and Other, Net
 
Real estate and other consists of ongoing operating income from our real estate subsidiaries. Real estate and other also includes net gains from the sale of facilities and equipment that are no longer used in operations, asset impairments, accruals for certain litigation and other non-operating charges and credits. In addition, during the first quarter of 2014, we formed a joint venture to develop the excess property adjacent to our home office facility in Plano, Texas (Home Office Land Joint Venture) in which we contributed approximately 220 acres of excess property adjacent to our home office facility in Plano, Texas. The joint venture was formed to develop the contributed property and our proportional share of the joint venture's activities will be recorded in Real estate and other, net.

The composition of real estate and other, net was as follows:  
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Net gain from sale of non-operating assets
 
$
(5
)
 
$
(9
)
 
$
(25
)
Investment income from Home Office Land Joint Venture
 
(28
)
 
(41
)
 
(53
)
Net gain from sale of operating assets
 
(73
)
 
(9
)
 
(92
)
Store and other asset impairments
 

 
20

 
30

Other
 
(5
)
 
42

 
(8
)
Total expense/(income)
 
$
(111
)
 
$
3

 
$
(148
)
 
Investment Income from Joint Ventures
In 2016 , the Company had $28 million in income related to its proportional share of the net income in the Home Office Land Joint Venture and received an aggregate cash distribution of $44 million . In 2015 , the Company had $41 million in income related to its proportional share of the net income in the Home Office Land Joint Venture and received an aggregate cash distribution of $36 million .

Land Sale
In 2016, the Company sold excess land adjacent to its home office for approximately $80 million and recognized an approximate $62 million gain.

Other - Settlement of Class Action Lawsuit
During 2015, the Company accrued $50 million for the proposed settlement related to a pricing class action lawsuit. Pursuant to the settlement, the Company paid $25 million in cash to certain class members and issued $25 million of store credit to the remainder of the class members.



86

Table of Contents

18.  Income Taxes
 
The components of our income tax expense/(benefit) were as follows:
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Current
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal and foreign
 
$
(12
)
 
$
5

 
$
12

State and local
 
4

 
6

 
8

Total current
 
(8
)
 
11

 
20

Deferred
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal and foreign
 
9

 
(1
)
 
9

State and local
 

 
(1
)
 
(6
)
Total deferred
 
9

 
(2
)
 
3

Total
 
$
1

 
$
9

 
$
23





The following table summarizes a reconciliation of income tax expense/(benefit) compared with the amounts at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate:
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Federal income tax at statutory rate
 
1

 
(176
)
 
(243
)
State and local income tax, less federal income tax benefit
 
(2
)
 
(21
)
 
(29
)
Increase/(decrease) in valuation allowance
 
(1
)
 
185

 
290

Other, including permanent differences and credits
 
3

 
21

 
5

Total income tax expense/(benefit)
 
1

 
9

 
23






























87

Table of Contents

Our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
Assets
 
 
 
 
Merchandise inventory
 
$
27

 
$
39

Accrued vacation pay
 
17

 
22

Gift cards
 
98

 
90

Stock-based compensation
 
58

 
77

Deferred equity adjustment
 
4

 
11

State taxes
 
12

 
15

Workers’ compensation/general liability
 
74

 
85

Accrued rent
 
39

 
37

Litigation exposure
 
16

 
32

Mirror savings plan
 
13

 
15

Pension and other retiree obligations
 
76

 
96

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards
 
931

 
1,072

Other
 
73

 
65

Total deferred tax assets
 
1,438

 
1,656

Valuation allowance
 
(993
)
 
(1,025
)
Total net deferred tax assets
 
445

 
631

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
(561
)
 
(741
)
Tax benefit transfers
 
(53
)
 
(56
)
Long-lived intangible assets
 
(35
)
 
(28
)
Total deferred tax liabilities
 
(649
)
 
(825
)
Total net deferred tax liabilities
 
$
(204
)
 
$
(194
)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
Other current assets
 
$
196

 
$
231

Other long-term liabilities
 
(400
)
 
(425
)
Total net deferred tax liabilities
 
$
(204
)
 
$
(194
)

As of January 28, 2017 , a valuation allowance of $993 million has been recorded against our deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for the valuation allowance, we considered both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. As a result of our assessment, we concluded that, beginning in the second quarter of 2013, our estimate of the realization of deferred tax assets would be based solely on the future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and tax planning strategies that we would make use of to accelerate taxable income to utilize expiring net operating loss (NOL) and tax credit carryforwards.

In accordance with accounting standards, we are required to allocate a portion of our tax provision between operating losses and Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss). In 2015 and 2014, the company did not benefit any of its operating loss and incurred an actuarial loss in Other comprehensive income/(loss), the tax benefit on which was fully offset by a valuation allowance within Other comprehensive income/(loss).  In 2016, we experienced income in both continuing operations and other comprehensive income.  Under the allocation rules we are only required to recognize the valuation allowance allocable to the tax benefit attributable to losses in each component of comprehensive income.  Accordingly, there is no valuation allowance offsetting a deferred tax benefit attributable to other comprehensive income included in the total valuation allowance of $993 million noted above. However, in 2016, we recorded a $12 million tax benefit in the Consolidated Statements of Operations offset by income tax expense on actuarial gains recorded in Other comprehensive income/(loss).


88

Table of Contents

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we have $2.2 billion of gross NOL carryforwards that expire in 2032 through 2034 and $62 million of tax credit carryforwards that expire at various dates through 2034. These NOL carryforwards include an unrealized gross tax deduction of $28 million (tax effect $11 million ) that will be recorded in equity when realized.

These carryforwards have a potential to be used to offset future taxable income and reduce future cash tax liabilities by approximately $931 million . The Company’s ability to utilize these carryforwards will depend upon the availability of future taxable income during the carryforward period and, as such, there is no assurance the Company will be able to realize such tax savings.
The Company’s ability to utilize NOL carryforwards could be further limited if it were to experience an “ownership change,” as defined in Section 382 of the Code and similar state provisions. An ownership change can occur whenever there is a cumulative shift in the ownership of a company by more than 50 percentage points by one or more “5% stockholders” within a three-year period. The occurrence of such a change generally limits the amount of NOL carryforwards a company could utilize in a given year to the aggregate fair market value of the company’s common stock immediately prior to the ownership change, multiplied by the long-term tax-exempt interest rate in effect for the month of the ownership change.

As discussed in Note 12, on January 27, 2014, the Board adopted the Amended Rights Agreement to help prevent acquisitions of the Company’s common stock that could result in an ownership change under Section 382 which helps preserve the Company’s ability to use its NOL and tax credit carryforwards. The Amended Rights Agreement was ratified by the shareholder vote on May 16, 2014 and remains effective through January 26, 2017. Approval required an affirmative vote of the shares of common stock present in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting. As discussed in Note 12, the Company’s Board of Directors resubmitted the Amended Rights Agreement for stockholder approval of a subsequent three year term.

The Amended Rights Agreement is designed to prevent acquisitions of the Company’s common stock that would result in a stockholder owning 4.9% or more of the Company’s common stock (as calculated under Section 382), or any existing holder of 4.9% or more of the Company’s common stock acquiring additional shares, by substantially diluting the ownership interest of any such stockholder unless the stockholder obtains an exemption from the Board.
    
A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Beginning balance
 
$
91

 
$
62

 
$
70

Additions for tax positions of prior years
 
16

 
40

 
10

Reductions for tax positions of prior years
 
(24
)
 

 

Settlements and effective settlements with tax authorities
 
(4
)
 
(10
)
 
(16
)
Expirations of statute
 

 
(1
)
 
(2
)
Balance at end of year  
 
$
79

 
$
91

 
$
62


Unrecognized tax benefits included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
Deferred taxes (current assets)
 
$
75

 
$
84

Accounts payable and accrued expenses (Note 6)
 
3

 
3

Other liabilities (Note 7)
 
1

 
4

Total
 
$
79

 
$
91


As of the end of 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , the unrecognized tax benefits balance included $32 million , $33 million and $36 million , respectively, that, if recognized, would be a benefit in the income tax provision after giving consideration to the offsetting effect of $11 million , $12 million and $13 million , respectively, related to the federal tax deduction of state taxes. The remaining amounts reflect tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain, but for which there is uncertainty about the timing. Accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits included in income tax expense as of the end of 2016 , 2015 and 2014 were $2 million , $3 million and $3 million , respectively.
 
We file income tax returns in U.S. federal and state jurisdictions and certain foreign jurisdictions. Our U.S. federal returns have been examined through 2014. We are audited by the taxing authorities of many states and certain foreign countries and are subject to examination by these taxing jurisdictions for years generally after 2008. The tax authorities may have the right to

89

Table of Contents

examine prior periods where federal and state NOL and tax credit carryforwards were generated, and make adjustments up to the amount of the NOL and credit carryforward amounts.
19.  Supplemental  Cash Flow Information
($ in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Supplemental cash flow information
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income taxes received/(paid), net
 
$
(10
)
 
$
(5
)
 
$
(30
)
Interest received/(paid), net
 
(344
)
 
(369
)
 
(401
)
Supplemental non-cash investing and financing activity
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property contributed to joint venture
 

 

 
30

Increase/(decrease) in other accounts payable related to purchases of property and equipment and software
 
20

 
1

 
(14
)
Financing costs withheld from proceeds of long-term debt
 

 

 
7

Purchase of property and equipment and software through capital leases and a note payable
 
1

 
1

 
3

 
20.  Litigation and Other Contingencies
   
Litigation  
Macy’s Litigation
On August 16, 2012, Macy’s, Inc. and Macy’s Merchandising Group, Inc. (together the Plaintiffs) filed suit against JCP in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York, alleging that the Company tortiously interfered with, and engaged in unfair competition relating to, a 2006 agreement between Macy’s and Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, Inc. (MSLO) by entering into a partnership agreement with MSLO in December 2011. The Plaintiffs sought primarily to prevent the Company from implementing our partnership agreement with MSLO as it related to products in the bedding, bath, kitchen and cookware categories. The suit was consolidated with an already-existing breach of contract lawsuit by the Plaintiffs against MSLO, and a bench trial commenced on February 20, 2013. On October 21, 2013, the Company and MSLO entered into an amendment of the partnership agreement, providing in part that the Company will not sell MSLO-designed merchandise in the bedding, bath, kitchen and cookware categories. On January 2, 2014, MSLO and Macy's announced that they had settled the case as to each other, and MSLO was subsequently dismissed as a defendant. On June 16, 2014, the court issued a ruling against the Company on the remaining claim of intentional interference, and held that Macy’s is not entitled to punitive damages. The court referred other issues related to damages to a Judicial Hearing Officer. On June 30, 2014, the Company appealed the court’s decision, and Macy’s cross-appealed a portion of the decision. On February 26, 2015, the appellate court affirmed the trial court's rulings concerning the claim of intentional interference and lack of punitive damages, and reinstated Macy's claims for intentional interference and unfair competition that had been dismissed during trial. On June 17, 2015, Macy’s appealed the court’s order that the Judicial Hearing Officer proceed with the damages phase of the proceedings on the tortious interference claim. On November 24, 2015, the Judicial Hearing Officer issued a recommendation on the amount of damages to be awarded to Macy’s. On June 6, 2016, the court adopted the Judicial Hearing Officer's recommendation on the amount of damages to be awarded to Macy's. Both parties have filed a notice of appeal. On November 10, 2016, the appellate court issued a ruling affirming the court's order, finding Macy’s challenge to the measure of damages to be untimely. The parties reached a settlement agreement, which was effective as of January 13, 2017. On January 31, 2017, the court entered an order dismissing the case with prejudice.

Class Action Securities Litigation
The Company, Myron E. Ullman, III and Kenneth H. Hannah are parties to the Marcus consolidated purported class action lawsuit in the U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Texas, Tyler Division. The Marcus consolidated complaint is purportedly brought on behalf of persons who acquired our common stock during the period from August 20, 2013 through September 26, 2013, and alleges claims for violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. Plaintiff claims that the defendants made false and misleading statements and/or omissions regarding the Company’s financial condition and business prospects that caused our common stock to trade at artificially inflated prices.  The consolidated complaint seeks class certification, unspecified compensatory damages, including interest, reasonable costs and expenses, and other relief as the court may deem just and proper. Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint which was denied by the court on September 29, 2015. Defendants filed an answer to the consolidated complaint on November 12, 2015. Plaintiff filed a motion for class certification on January 25, 2016, and defendants submitted a response to the motion on April 15, 2016. On August 29, 2016, a magistrate judge issued a report and recommendation that the motion for

90

Table of Contents

class certification be granted. Defendants have filed objections to the report and recommendation.
Also, on August 26, 2014, plaintiff Nathan Johnson filed a purported class action lawsuit against the Company, Myron E. Ullman, III and Kenneth H. Hannah in the U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Texas, Tyler Division. The suit is purportedly brought on behalf of persons who acquired our securities other than common stock during the period from August 20, 2013 through September 26, 2013, generally mirrors the allegations contained in the Marcus lawsuit discussed above, and seeks similar relief. On June 8, 2015, plaintiff in the Marcus lawsuit amended the consolidated complaint to include the members of the purported class in the Johnson lawsuit, and on June 10, 2015, the Johnson lawsuit was consolidated into the Marcus lawsuit.


We believe these lawsuits are without merit and we intend to vigorously defend them. While no assurance can be given as to the ultimate outcome of these matters, we believe that the final resolution of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position, liquidity or capital resources.

Shareholder Derivative Litigation
In October, 2013, two purported shareholder derivative actions were filed against certain present and former members of the Company’s Board of Directors and executives by the following parties in the U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Texas, Sherman Division: Weitzman (filed October 2, 2013) and Zauderer (filed October 3, 2013). The Company is named as a nominal defendant in both suits. The lawsuits assert claims for breaches of fiduciary duties and unjust enrichment based upon alleged false and misleading statements and/or omissions regarding the Company’s financial condition. The lawsuits seek unspecified compensatory damages, restitution, disgorgement by the defendants of all profits, benefits and other compensation, equitable relief to reform the Company’s corporate governance and internal procedures, reasonable costs and expenses, and other relief as the court may deem just and proper. On October 28, 2013, the Court consolidated the two cases into the Weitzman lawsuit. On January 15, 2014, the Court entered an order staying the derivative suits pending certain events in the class action securities litigation described above.

Also, in March 2016, plaintiff Frank Lipsius filed a purported shareholder derivative action against certain present and former members of the Company's Board of Directors and executives in the District Court of Collin County in the State of Texas. The Company is named as a nominal defendant in the suit. The suit generally mirrors the allegations contained in the Weitzman and Zauderer suits discussed above, and seeks similar relief.

While no assurance can be given as to the ultimate outcome of these matters, we believe that the final resolution of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position, liquidity or capital resources.

ERISA Class Action Litigation
JCP and certain present and former members of JCP's Board of Directors have been sued in a purported class action complaint by plaintiffs Roberto Ramirez and Thomas Ihle, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated, which was filed on July 8, 2014 in the U.S. District Court, Eastern District of Texas, Tyler Division. The suit alleges that the defendants violated Section 502 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) by breaching fiduciary duties relating to the J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Savings, Profit-Sharing and Stock Ownership Plan (the Plan). The class period is alleged to be between November 1, 2011 and September 27, 2013. Plaintiffs allege that they and others who invested in or held Company stock in the Plan during this period were injured because defendants allegedly made false and misleading statements and/or omissions regarding the Company’s financial condition and business prospects that caused the Company’s common stock to trade at artificially inflated prices. The complaint seeks class certification, declaratory relief, a constructive trust, reimbursement of alleged losses to the Plan, actual damages, attorneys’ fees and costs, and other relief. Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint which was granted in part and denied in part by the court on September 29, 2015. The parties have reached a settlement agreement, subject to court approval, pursuant to which JCP would make available  $4.5 million  to settle class members’ claims. While no assurance can be given as to the ultimate outcome of this matter, we believe that the final resolution of this action will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position, liquidity or capital resources.

Employment Class Action Litigation
JCP is a defendant in a class action proceeding entitled  Tschudy v. JCPenney Corporation  filed on April 15, 2011 in the U.S. District Court, Southern District of California. The lawsuit alleges that JCP violated the California Labor Code in connection with the alleged forfeiture of accrued and vested vacation time under its “My Time Off” policy. The class consists of all JCP employees who worked in California from April 5, 2007 to the present. Plaintiffs amended the complaint to assert additional claims under the Illinois Wage Payment and Collection Act on behalf of all JCP employees who worked in Illinois from January 1, 2004 to the present. After the court granted JCP’s motion to transfer the Illinois claims, those claims are now pending in a separate action in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of Illinois, entitled Garcia v. JCPenney Corporation. The lawsuits

91

Table of Contents

seek compensatory damages, penalties, interest, disgorgement, declaratory and injunctive relief, and attorney’s fees and costs. Plaintiffs in both lawsuits filed motions, which the Company opposed, to certify these actions on behalf of all employees in California and Illinois based on the specific claims at issue. On December 17, 2014, the California court granted plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. Pursuant to a motion by the Company, the California court decertified the class on December 9, 2015. On March 30, 2016, the California court granted JCP’s motion for summary judgment. On April 26, 2016, the California plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal. On May 4, 2016, the California court entered judgment for JCP on all plaintiffs’ claims. The Illinois court denied without prejudice plaintiffs' motion for class certification pending the filing of an amended complaint. Plaintiffs filed their amended complaint in the Illinois lawsuit on April 14, 2015 and the Company has answered. On July 2, 2015, the Illinois plaintiffs renewed their motion for class certification, which the Illinois court granted on March 8, 2016. The parties have reached a settlement agreement, subject to court approval, to resolve the California and Illinois actions for a combined total of  $6.75 million . While no assurance can be given as to the ultimate outcome of these matters, we believe that the final resolution of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position, liquidity or capital resources.
Other Legal Proceedings
We are subject to various other legal and governmental proceedings involving routine litigation incidental to our business. Accruals have been established based on our best estimates of our potential liability in certain of these matters, including certain matters discussed above, all of which we believe aggregate to an amount that is not material to the Consolidated Financial Statements. These estimates were developed in consultation with in-house and outside counsel. While no assurance can be given as to the ultimate outcome of these matters, we currently believe that the final resolution of these actions, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position, liquidity or capital resources.
      
Contingencies
As of January 28, 2017 , we estimated our total potential environmental liabilities to range from $20 million to $26 million and recorded our best estimate of $24 million in Other accounts payable and accrued expenses and Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of that date. This estimate covered potential liabilities primarily related to underground storage tanks, remediation of environmental conditions involving our former drugstore locations and asbestos removal in connection with approved plans to renovate or dispose of our facilities. We continue to assess required remediation and the adequacy of environmental reserves as new information becomes available and known conditions are further delineated. If we were to incur losses at the upper end of the estimated range, we do not believe that such losses would have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
21.  Subsequent Events

On March 17, 2017, the Company finalized its announced plans to close a distribution facility and 138 stores and to relocate and sell a distribution facility in 2017. These strategic decisions will help align the Company's brick-and-mortar presence with its omnichannel network, thereby redirecting capital resources to invest in locations and initiatives that offer the greatest revenue potential. As a result of the store actions, the Company will close a distribution center located in Lakeland, Florida in early June, at which time operations will transfer to the Company's logistics facility in Atlanta as part of a strategic effort to streamline store support services. Also, on March 10, 2017, the Company entered into a contract to sell its supply chain facility in Buena Park, California for approximately $130 million with plans to close on the sale on or before March 31, 2017. In connection with the store closings, the Company expects to incur charges primarily related to lease termination obligation expenses, non-cash asset impairments and transition costs as the store closings are executed in 2017.
The Company also initiated a Voluntary Early Retirement Program (VERP) for approximately 6,000 eligible associates. Eligibility for the VERP will generally include home office, stores and supply chain personnel who met certain criteria related to age and years of service as of January 31, 2017. The consideration period for eligible associates to accept the VERP will end on March 31, 2017. Based on the number of eligible associates that irrevocably accept the VERP, the Company will record the related charges in the first quarter of 2017.

92

Table of Contents

22.  Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)
 
The following is a summary of our quarterly unaudited consolidated results of operations for 2016 and 2015
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
($ in millions, except EPS)
First Quarter
 
Second Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Fourth Quarter
 
Total net sales
$
2,811

  
$
2,918

  
$
2,857

  
$
3,961

  
Gross margin
1,018

 
1,084

 
1,062

  
1,312

 
SG&A expenses
872

  
853

  
888

  
925

  
Restructuring and management transition (1)
6

 
9

 
2

 
9

 
Net income/(loss) (2)
(68
)
 
(56
)
 
(67
)
 
192


Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (3)
$
(0.22
)
 
$
(0.18
)
 
$
(0.22
)
 
$
0.61

 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
($ in millions, except EPS)
First Quarter
 
Second Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Fourth Quarter
 
Total net sales
$
2,857

  
$
2,875

  
$
2,897

  
$
3,996

 
Gross margin
1,041

 
1,065

 
1,082

  
1,363


SG&A expenses
965

  
901

  
947

  
962

  
Restructuring and management transition (4)
22

 
17

 
14

 
31

 
Net income/(loss) (5)
(150
)
 
(117
)
 
(115
)
 
(131
)
 
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (3)
$
(0.49
)
 
$
(0.38
)
 
$
(0.38
)
 
$
(0.43
)
 

(1)
Restructuring and management transition charges (Note 16) by quarter for 2016 consisted of the following:
($ in million)
First Quarter
 
Second Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Fourth Quarter
Home office and stores
$
4

 
$

 
$
2

 
$
2

Management transition
2

 
1

 

 

Other

 
8

 

 
7

Total
$
6

 
$
9

 
$
2

 
$
9

 
(2)
The first, second and third quarters of 2016 contained increases of $13 million , $19 million and $30 million , respectively, and the fourth quarter contained a decrease of $94 million to our tax valuation allowance. The first quarter of 2016 contained gains from non-operating assets sales (Note 17) of $5 million .
(3)
EPS is computed independently for each of the quarters presented. The sum of the quarters may not equal the total year amount due to the impact of changes in average quarterly shares outstanding.
(4)
Restructuring and management transition charges (Note 16) by quarter for 2015 consisted of the following:
($ in millions)
First Quarter
 
Second Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Fourth Quarter
Home office and stores
$
14

 
$
15

 
$
9

 
$
4

Management transition
6

 
1

 
3

 
18

Other
2

 
1

 
2

 
9

Total
$
22

 
$
17

 
$
14

 
$
31


(5)
The first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2015 contained increases to our tax valuation allowance of $44 million , $46 million , $41 million , and $110 million , respectively. The first, second and third quarters of 2015 contained gains from non-operating assets sales (Note 17) of $2 million , $6 million and $1 million , respectively.

93

Table of Contents

Exhibit Index
 

 
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
 
 
 
 
 
 
SEC
 
 
 
Filing
 
Herewith (†)
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Date
 
(as indicated)
2.1
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of January 23, 2002, between JCP and Company
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
2
 
1/28/2002
 
 
3.1
 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended to May 20, 2011
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
3.1
 
6/8/2011
 
 
3.2
 
Bylaws of the Company, as amended to July 20, 2016
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
3.1
 
7/21/2016
 
 
3.3
 
Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
3.1
 
8/22/2013
 
 
4.1
 
Indenture, dated as of October 1, 1982, between JCP and U.S. Bank National Association, Trustee (formerly First Trust of California, National Association, as Successor Trustee to Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association)
 
10-K
 
001-00777
 
4(a)
 
4/19/1994
 
 
4.2
 
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 15, 1983, between JCP and U.S. Bank National Association, Trustee (formerly First Trust of California, National Association, as Successor Trustee to Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association)
 
10-K
 
001-00777
 
4(b)
 
4/19/1994
 
 
4.3
 
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1984, between JCP and U.S. Bank National Association, Trustee (formerly First Trust of California, National Association, as Successor Trustee to Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association)
 
10-K
 
001-00777
 
4(c)
 
4/19/1994
 
 
4.4
 
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 7, 1986, between JCP and U.S. Bank National Association, Trustee (formerly First Trust of California, National Association, as Successor Trustee to Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association)
 
S-3
 
033-03882
 
4(d)
 
3/11/1986
 
 
4.5
 
Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 7, 1991, between JCP and U.S. Bank National Association, Trustee (formerly First Trust of California, National Association, as Successor Trustee to Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association)
 
S-3
 
033-41186
 
4(e)
 
6/13/1991
 
 
4.6
 
Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 27, 2002, among the Company, JCP and U.S. Bank National Association, Trustee (formerly First Trust of California, National Association, as Successor Trustee to Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association) to Indenture dated as of October 1, 1982
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
4(o)
 
4/25/2002
 
 
4.7
 
Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2013, among J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc., J. C. Penney Company, Inc., as co-obligor, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as successor trustee
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
4.1
 
5/24/2013
 
 
4.8
 
Indenture, dated as of April 1, 1994, between JCP and U.S. Bank National Association, Trustee (formerly First Trust of California, National Association, as Successor Trustee to Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association)
 
S-3
 
033-53275
 
4(a)
 
4/26/1994
 
 
4.9
 
First Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 27, 2002, among the Company, JCP and U.S. Bank National Association, Trustee (formerly Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association) to Indenture dated as of April 1, 1994
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
4(p)
 
4/25/2002
 
 

Other instruments evidencing long-term debt have not been filed as exhibits hereto because none of the debt authorized under any such instrument exceeds 10% of the total assets of the Registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries. The Registrant agrees to furnish a copy of any of its long-term debt instruments to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.


94

Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
 
 
 
 
 
 
SEC
 
 
 
Filing
 
Herewith (†)
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Date
 
(as indicated)
4.10
 
Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 26, 2002, among the Company, JCP and U.S. Bank National Association, Trustee (formerly Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association) to Indenture dated as of April 1, 1994
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
4
 
9/6/2002
 
 
4.11
 
Indenture, dated September 15, 2014, among J. C. Penney Company, Inc., J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
4.1
 
9/15/2014
 
 
4.12
 
First Supplemental Indenture (including the form of Note), dated September 15, 2014, among J. C. Penney Company, Inc., J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc., and Wilmington Trust, National Association
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
4.2
 
9/15/2014
 
 
4.13
 
Indenture (including the form of Note), dated as of June 23, 2016, among J. C. Penney Company, Inc., J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
4.1
 
6/24/2016
 
 
4.14
 
Warrant Purchase Agreement dated June 13, 2011 between J. C. Penney Company, Inc. and Ronald B. Johnson
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
4.1
 
6/14/2011
 
 
4.15
 
Warrant dated as of June 13, 2011 between J. C. Penney Company, Inc. and Ronald B. Johnson
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
4.2
 
6/14/2011
 
 
4.16
 
Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of January 27, 2014, by and between J. C. Penney Company, Inc. and Computershare Inc., as Rights Agent
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
4.1
 
1/28/2014
 
 
4.17
 
First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2017, by and between J. C. Penney Company, Inc. and Computershare Inc., as Rights Agent
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
4.1
 
1/23/2017
 
 
10.1
 
Credit Agreement dated as of June 20, 2014 among J. C. Penney Company, Inc., J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc., J. C. Penney Purchasing Corporation, the Lenders party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Revolving Agent and Swingline Lender, Bank of America, N.A., as Term Agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and Bank of America, N.A., as Co-Collateral Agents and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as LC Agent
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
6/23/2014
 
 
10.2
 
Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated as of December 10, 2015 among J. C. Penney Company, Inc., J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc., J. C. Penney Purchasing Corporation, the guarantors party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Revolving Agent, Bank of America, N.A., as Term Agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and Bank of America, N.A., as co-collateral agents, and the lenders party thereto.
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
12/11/2015
 
 
10.3
 
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of June 20, 2014 among J. C. Penney Company, Inc., J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc., J. C. Penney Purchasing Corporation, the Subsidiaries of J. C. Penney Company, Inc. identified therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.2
 
6/23/2014
 
 
10.4
 
Restatement Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2016, among J. C. Penney Company, Inc., J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
6/24/2016
 
 
10.5
 
Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2016, among J. C. Penney Company, Inc., J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as collateral agent
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.2
 
6/24/2016
 
 
10.6
 
Intercreditor and Collateral Cooperation Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2016, among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as representative for the ABL secured parties, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as representative for the term loan/notes secured parties, J. C. Penney Company, Inc., J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.3
 
6/24/2016
 
 


95

Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
 
 
 
 
 
 
SEC
 
 
 
Filing
 
Herewith (†)
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Date
 
(as indicated)
10.7
 
Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2016, among Wilmington Trust, National Association, as collateral agent, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.4
 
6/24/2016
 
 
10.8
 
Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement by and between JCP and GE Money Bank, as amended and restated as of November 5, 2009
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
11/6/2009
 
 
10.9
 
First Amendment, dated as of October 29, 2010, to Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement by and between J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. and GE Money Bank, as amended and restated as of November 5, 2009
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
10/29/2010
 
 
10.10
 
Second Amendment dated as of January 30, 2013 to Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement by and between J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. and GE Capital Retail Bank, as amended and restated as of November 5, 2009 and as amended by the First Amendment thereto dated as of October 29, 2010
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
2/4/2013
 
 
10.11
 
Third Amendment dated as of October 11, 2013 to Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement by and between J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. and GE Capital Retail Bank, as amended and restated as of November 5, 2009, as amended by the First Amendment thereto dated as of October 29, 2010 and the Second Amendment thereto dated as of January 30, 2013
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
10/15/2013
 
 
10.12
 
Fourth Amendment dated February 25, 2014 to Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement by and between J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. and GE Capital Retail Bank, as amended and restated as of November 5, 2009, as amended by the First Amendment thereto dated as of October 29, 2010, the Second Amendment thereto dated as of January 30, 2013 and the Third Amendment thereto dated October 11, 2013
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
6/3/2014
 
 
10.13
 
Fifth Amendment dated as of April 6, 2015 to Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement by and between J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. and Synchrony Bank, as amended and restated as of November 5, 2009, as amended by the First Amendment thereto dated as of October 29, 2010, the Second Amendment thereto dated as of January 30, 2013, the Third Amendment thereto dated October 11, 2013 and the Fourth Amendment thereto dated February 25, 2014
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
6/4/2015
 
 
10.14
 
Sixth Amendment dated as of June 26, 2015 to Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement by and between J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. and Synchrony Bank, as amended and restated as of November 5, 2009, as amended by the First Amendment thereto dated as of October 29, 2010, the Second Amendment thereto dated as of January 30, 2013, the Third Amendment thereto dated October 11, 2013, the Fourth Amendment thereto dated February 25, 2014, and the Fifth Amendment thereto dated April 6, 2015
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
10.14
 
3/16/2016
 
 
10.15
 
Seventh Amendment dated as of August 17, 2016 to Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement by and between J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. and Synchrony Bank, as amended and restated as of November 5, 2009, as amended by the First Amendment thereto dated as of October 29, 2010, the Second Amendment thereto dated as of January 30, 2013, the Third Amendment thereto dated October 11, 2013, the Fourth Amendment thereto dated February 25, 2014, the Fifth Amendment thereto dated April 6, 2015, and the Sixth Amendment thereto dated June 26, 2015
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
10.2
 
11/30/2016
 
 

96

Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
 
 
 
 
 
 
SEC
 
 
 
Filing
 
Herewith (†)
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Date
 
(as indicated)
10.16
 
Eighth Amendment dated as of January 18, 2017 to Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement by and between J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. and Synchrony Bank, as amended and restated as of November 5, 2009, as amended by the First Amendment thereto dated as of October 29, 2010, the Second Amendment thereto dated as of January 30, 2013, the Third Amendment thereto dated October 11, 2013, the Fourth Amendment thereto dated February 25, 2014, the Fifth Amendment thereto dated April 6, 2015, the Sixth Amendment thereto dated June 26, 2015, and the Seventh Amendment thereto dated August 17, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.17**
 
J. C. Penney Company, Inc. Directors’ Equity Program Tandem Restricted Stock Award/Stock Option Plan
 
10-K
 
001-00777
 
10(k)
 
4/24/1989
 
 
10.18**
 
J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 1993 Non-Associate Directors’ Equity Plan
 
Def. Proxy Stmt.
 
001-00777
 
B
 
4/20/1993
 
 
10.19**
 
February 1995 Amendment to J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 1993 Non-Associate Directors’ Equity Plan
 
10-K
 
001-00777
 
10(ii)(m)
 
4/18/1995
 
 
10.20**
 
Directors’ Charitable Award Program
 
10-K
 
001-00777
 
10(r)
 
4/25/1990
 
 
10.21**
 
J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 1997 Equity Compensation Plan
 
Def. Proxy Stmt.
 
001-00777
 
A
 
4/11/1997
 
 
10.22**
 
J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2001 Equity Compensation Plan
 
Def. Proxy Stmt.
 
001-00777
 
B
 
4/11/2001
 
 
10.23**
 
J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2005 Equity Compensation Plan, as amended through 12/10/2008
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
10.7
 
3/31/2009
 
 
10.24**
 
J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
Def. Proxy Stmt.
 
001-15274
 
Annex A
 
3/31/2009
 
 
10.25**
 
J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
Def. Proxy Stmt.
 
001-15274
 
Annex A
 
3/28/2012
 
 
10.26**
 
J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
Def. Proxy Stmt.
 
001-15274
 
Annex A
 
3/21/2014
 
 
10.27**
 
J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
Def. Proxy Stmt.
 
001-15274
 
Annex A
 
3/23/2016
 
 
10.28**
 
JCP Supplemental Term Life Insurance Plan for Management Profit-Sharing Associates, as amended and restated effective July 1, 2007
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
9/12/2007
 
 
10.29**
 
Form of Notice of Restricted Stock Award - Non-Associate Director Annual Grant under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2001 Equity Compensation Plan
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.5
 
2/15/2005
 
 
10.30**
 
Form of Notice of Non-Associate Director Restricted Stock Unit Award under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2001 Equity Compensation Plan
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
5/24/2005
 
 
10.31**
 
Form of Notice of Non-Associate Director Restricted Stock Unit Award under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2005 Equity Compensation Plan
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
11/18/2005
 
 
10.32**
 
JCP Form of Executive Termination Pay Agreement, as amended and restated effective September 21, 2007
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
9/26/2007
 
 
10.33**
 
JCP Form of Executive Termination Pay Agreement, as amended and restated effective December 3, 2013
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
10.3
 
12/5/2013
 
 
10.34**
 
JCP Form of Termination Pay Agreement
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.2
 
5/21/2015
 
 
10.35**
 
JCP Form of Executive Termination Pay Agreement. as amended and restated effective December 17, 2015
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
10.3
 
3/16/2016
 
 
10.36**
 
Form of Election to Receive Stock in Lieu of Cash Retainer(s) (J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2005 Equity Compensation Plan)
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
5/19/2006
 
 
10.37**
 
Form of Notice of Election to Defer under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.2
 
5/19/2006
 
 

97

Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
 
 
 
 
 
 
SEC
 
 
 
Filing
 
Herewith (†)
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Date
 
(as indicated)
10.38**
 
Form of Notice of Change of Factor for Deferral Account under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.8
 
2/15/2005
 
 
10.39**
 
Form of Notice of Change in the Amount of Fees Deferred under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.30
 
5/19/2006
 
 
10.40**
 
Form of Notice of Termination of Election to Defer under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.4
 
5/19/2006
 
 
10.41**
 
Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2005 Equity Compensation Plan
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
3/15/2007
 
 
10.42**
 
2008 Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2005 Equity Compensation Plan
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.10
 
3/7/2008
 
 
10.43**
 
JCP 2009 Change in Control Plan
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
10.6
 
3/31/2009
 
 
10.44**
 
J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Change in Control Plan, effective January 10, 2011
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
6/14/2011
 
 
10.45**
 
Form of Indemnification Trust Agreement between JCP and JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly Chemical Bank) dated as of July 30, 1986, as amended March 30, 1987
 
Def. Proxy Stmt.
 
001-00777
 
Exhibit 1
 to
Exhibit B
 
4/24/1987
 
 
10.46**
 
Second Amendment to Indemnification Trust Agreement between JCP and JPMorgan Chase Bank, effective as of January 27, 2002
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
10.53
 
3/31/2009
 
 
10.47**
 
Third Amendment to Indemnification Trust Agreement between Company, JCP and JPMorgan Chase Bank, effective as of June 1, 2008
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
10.20
 
9/10/2008
 
 
10.48**
 
Fourth Amendment to Indemnification Trust Agreement between Company, JCP and SunTrust Bank, dated as of October 5, 2016
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
11/30/2016
 
 
10.49**
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Company, JCP and individual Indemnitees, as amended through January 27, 2002
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
10(ii)(ab)
 
4/25/2002
 
 
10.50**
 
Special Rules for Reimbursements Subject to Code Section 409A under Indemnification Agreement between Company, JCP and individual Indemnitees, adopted December 9, 2008
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
10.6
 
3/31/2009
 
 
10.51**
 
JCP Mirror Savings Plan, amended and restated effective December 31, 2007 and as further amended through December 9, 2008
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
10.6
 
3/31/2009
 
 
10.52**
 
J. C. Penney Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, as amended and restated effective February 27, 2008 and as further amended through December 10, 2008
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
10.62
 
3/31/2009
 
 
10.53**
 
Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
10.2
 
9/9/2009
 
 
10.54**
 
Form of Notice of Non-Associate Director Restricted Stock Unit Award under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
10.40
 
9/9/2009
 
 
10.55**
 
Amended and Restated J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc., Management Incentive Compensation Program, effective January 29, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.56**
 
Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant for Edward J. Record
 
10-K
 
 001-15274
 
10.61
 
3/23/2015
 
 
10.57**
 
Form of Executive Termination Pay Agreement between J. C. Penney Company, Inc. and Marvin R. Ellison
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.20
 
10/14/2014
 
 
10.58**
 
Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant for Marvin R. Ellison
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
10.64
 
3/23/2015
 
 
10.59**
 
Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
10.8
 
3/20/2013
 
 
10.60**
 
Form of Notice of Non-Associate Director Restricted Stock Unit Award under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
10.8
 
3/20/2013
 
 
10.61**
 
Form of Notice of 2014 Performance-Contingent Stock Option Grant under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan for Myron E. Ullman, III
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
3/24/2014
 
 

98

Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Filed
 
 
 
 
 
 
SEC
 
 
 
Filing
 
Herewith (†)
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Exhibit
 
Date
 
(as indicated)
10.62**
 
Form of Notice of 2014 Performance-Contingent Stock Option Grant under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
8-K
 
001-15274
 
10.2
 
3/24/2014
 
 
10.63**
 
Form of Notice of 2015 CEO Performance Unit Grant under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
10.2
 
6/4/2015
 
 
10.64**
 
Form of Notice of 2015 CEO Stock Option Grant under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
10.3
 
6/4/2015
 
 
10.65**
 
Form of Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
10.4
 
6/4/2015
 
 
10.66**
 
Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
10.5
 
6/4/2015
 
 
10.67**
 
Form of Notice of Performance Unit Grant under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
10.6
 
6/4/2015
 
 
10.68**
 
Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant for Andrew Drexler
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
10.71
 
3/16/2016
 
 
10.69**
 
Notice of Stock Option Grant for Andrew Drexler
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
10.72
 
3/16/2016
 
 
10.70**
 
Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
10.73
 
3/16/2016
 
 
10.71**
 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
10-K
 
001-15274
 
10.74
 
3/16/2016
 
 
10.72**
 
Form of Performance Unit Grant Agreement under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
10.1
 
5/31/2016
 
 
10.73**
 
Form of Notice of Non-Associate Director Restricted Stock Unit Award under the J. C. Penney Company, Inc. 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
10-Q
 
001-15274
 
10.2
 
8/30/2016
 
 
12
 
Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21
 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24
 
Power of Attorney
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31.1
 
Certification by CEO pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 780(d), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31.2
 
Certification by CFO pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 780(d), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32.1
 
Certification by CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32.2
 
Certification by CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
** Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

99


Exhibit 10.16
Execution Version


EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED CONSUMER CREDIT CARD PROGRAM
AGREEMENT
This Eighth Amendment (“Amendment Number 8”) dated as of January 18, 2017 to that certain Consumer Credit Card Program Agreement made as of December 6, 1999, as amended and restated as of November 5, 2009, and as amended as of October 29, 2010, January 30, 2013, October 11, 2013, February 25, 2014, April 6, 2015, June 26, 2015 and August 17, 2016 by and between J. C. PENNEY CORPORATION, INC., formerly known as J. C. Penney Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business at Plano, Texas, and SYNCHRONY BANK, assignee of Monogram Credit Card Bank of Georgia and formerly known as GE Capital Retail Bank and GE Money Bank, with its principal place of business at 170 W. Election Road, Draper, Utah 84020 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, JCPenney and Bank desire to make certain changes to the Agreement to reflect certain modifications to the Program that the parties desire to implement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions stated herein, and for good and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I - AMENDMENTS
A.
Amendment to Schedule 3.24. Schedule 3.24 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the new Schedule 3.24 attached hereto.

ARTICLE II - MISCELLANEOUS
1.      The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment Number 8 has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of JCPenney and Bank and upon execution by all parties, will constitute a legal and binding obligation of each thereof.





2.      The Agreement, as amended by this Amendment Number 8, constitutes the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof. Except as expressly amended hereby, the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall continue and remain in full force and effect. In the event of any conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment Number 8 the terms and conditions of this Amendment Number 8 shall govern.
3.      The parties hereto agree to execute such other documents and instruments and to do such other and further things as may be necessary or desirable for the execution and implementation of this Amendment Number 8 and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
4.      This Amendment Number 8 may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one agreement. A facsimile or other electronic signature is as valid and binding as an original.
[ SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS ]






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Amendment Number 8 as of the date set forth above.

 
J. C. PENNEY CORPORATION, INC.
 
SYNCHRONY BANK
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ James Ward
By:
/s/ Thomas M. Quindlen
Title:
Vice President, Credit
Title:
EVP Retail Card







Exhibit 10.55





















J. C. PENNEY CORPORATION, INC.

MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PROGRAM

As Amended and Restated Effective January 29, 2017







J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc.
Management Incentive Compensation Program

ARTICLE I
Purpose

Name. The name of the Program is the J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Management Incentive Compensation Program.

Purpose. The purpose of the Program is to promote the Company’s pay-for-performance compensation philosophy by providing incentive compensation payments based on the operating results of the Company to designated members of the Company’s management, who, through their efforts, directly and significantly impact the achievement of the Company’s goals and objectives.

ARTICLE II
Definitions

Unless otherwise defined in the Program or unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, as used herein, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and all regulations promulgated thereunder.

Committee shall mean the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board.

Company shall mean J. C. Penney Company, Inc.

Corporation shall mean J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc.

Covered Associate shall mean each Participant whose compensation, for a Performance Period for which any payment under this Program or any Plan is being calculated based on the attainment of a Performance Measure, is, or in the Committee’s, or it’s designee’s, discretion may, be subject to the compensation expense deduction limitations set forth in section 162(m) of the Code.

Individual Performance shall mean a determination of the individual performance of a Participant for a Performance Period based on the Participant’s performance as compared to the Participant’s individual goals for the Performance Period, or on such other performance criteria as may be established by the Committee, or its designee, as determined by management of the Corporation in its sole discretion. A Plan may provide for the payment of incentive compensation based on management’s evaluation of a Participant’s Individual Performance for a Performance Period.

Management Associate shall mean all General and Store Management Associates who are in a job category that has been designated as eligible for incentive compensation under the Program by the Committee, or its designee.

Mirror Savings Plan shall mean the J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Mirror Savings Plan, as amended and restated effective December 31, 2007 and as further amended through December 9, 2008, as such may be further amended from time to time, and any successor plan or program.






Participant shall mean any Management Associate that is eligible to participate in a Plan.

Performance Measure shall mean an objective performance goal that must be satisfied for a Performance Period before any incentive compensation contingent on the satisfaction of that Performance Measure will be paid to a Participant. Any such objective performance goal shall be based on one or a combination of any two or more of the following performance-based metrics; provided, however, that different Performance Measures may be approved for different Participants during the same Performance Period: earnings per share; total stockholder return; operating profit; operating income; net income; cash flow; gross profit; gross profit return on investment; return on equity; return on capital; return on investment capital; sales; comparable store sales; revenue; gross margin; gross margin return on investment; selling, general and administrative expense (SG&A); economic value added (EVA); sales per square foot; net cash from operating activities; gross margin as a percentage of sales; earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT); earnings before interest taxes depreciation and amortization (EBITDA); Net Promoter Score (NPS); and Customer Satisfaction. Performance measures that are financial metrics may be determined in accordance with the United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) or financial metrics that are based on, or able to be derived from GAAP, and may be adjusted when established (or to the extent permitted under section 162(m) of the Code, at any time thereafter) to include or exclude any items otherwise includable or excludable under GAAP.

Performance Period shall mean the period established by the Committee with respect to a Plan for which a Performance Measure must be satisfied or for which a Participant’s Individual Performance must be evaluated for the purpose of determining whether any incentive compensation will be paid under a Plan to a Participant. With respect to incentive compensation that is intended to be Performance-Based Compensation, the Committee shall specify the Performance Period before any incentive compensation under the Program or a Plan is granted.

Performance-Based Compensation shall mean incentive compensation that is intended to constitute “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and the related Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

Plan shall mean a plan established under the Program that provides for the payment of incentive compensation to a Participant based on the attainment of one or more pre-established Performance Measures and/or an evaluation of a Participant’s Individual Performance.

Program shall mean the J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Management Incentive Compensation Program, as contained herein, as such may be amended from time to time.

Savings Plan shall mean the J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. Savings, Profit Sharing, and Stock Ownership Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2015, as such may be further amended from time to time, and any successor plan or program.







Subsidiary shall mean any entity in which the Company, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns 50% or more of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the entity.

ARTICLE III
Administration

Administration . The Program and the Plans shall be administered by, or under the direction of, the Committee. The Committee shall determine all terms and conditions of the Plans established under the Program. The Committee shall have full and exclusive power to adopt such rules, regulations and guidelines for carrying out this Program and the related Plans established hereunder as it may deem necessary or appropriate in its sole discretion, provided such rules, regulations and guidelines are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Program or a Plan, and may modify or revoke those rules and regulations at such time and in such manner as it may deem proper, provided such modification or revocation is consistent with the requirements of Article V and does not materially adversely affect a Participant under the Program or a Plan, unless such modification or revocation is consented to by the Participant.

The Committee may establish different terms and conditions for different Plans or for different Participants under a Plan and for the same Participant with respect to different Plans or Performance Periods. Except with respect to incentive compensation under the Program or a Plan that is intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation, the Committee may delegate the performance of any function under this Program or any Plan to one or more employees of the Corporation, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine. The Committee is authorized at any time during or after a Performance Period, in its sole and absolute discretion, to reduce or eliminate the incentive compensation payable under the Program or a Plan to any Participant for any reason. No reduction in any Performance-Based Compensation payable to any one Participant shall increase the amount of the Performance-Based Compensation payable to any other Participant.

Performance-Based Compensation . The Committee shall be solely responsible for making awards of Performance-Based Compensation to Covered Associates. The terms for such awards including the applicable Performance Measure(s) and Performance Period shall be determined by the Committee no later than the latest possible date that will not jeopardize such incentive compensation awards under the Program or a Plan from qualifying as Performance-Based Compensation.

Interpretation . The Committee shall have full and exclusive power to interpret this Program and any Plan and the Committee’s interpretations of the Program or any Plans shall be final and binding on any and all Participants to which the interpretation applies and on all related parties in interest including Beneficiaries.

Delegation . Except with respect to the awarding of Performance-Based Compensation and compliance with the requirements of section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall have full discretion and authority to delegate any of its duties or responsibilities regarding the administration of the Program or the design, administration or operation of a Plan, including adopting such rules, regulations and guidelines for carrying out this Program and the related Plans established hereunder to one or more designees.






ARTICLE IV
Plans

In General . The Program may consist of one or more Plan(s). Each Plan shall relate to a specified Performance Period, which may be based on such period as shall be determined by the Committee, or its designee, and may be based on the attainment of a Performance Measure for one or more calendar months or one or more fiscal quarters or fiscal years of the Company. Once a Performance Period is complete and any incentive compensation payable under the Plan with respect to the applicable Performance Measure(s) for that Performance Period has been determined, the Performance Measure(s) applicable to the Performance Period shall lapse and be void and shall not be applicable to any future Performance Period unless adopted as Performance Measure(s) for a future Performance Period. Once a Plan, by its terms, lapses, the Plan shall be deemed terminated and will have no further effect with respect to the Program or a Participant except in connection with the administration of the terminated Plan and/or the enforcement of a Participant’s rights regarding incentive compensation payable under the terminated Plan for a completed Performance Period.

Participation . Eligibility to be a Participant for a Performance Period shall be determined by the Committee, or its designee, on an individual basis, or by group, business unit, Subsidiary, division, job description, or any other method of classification the Committee, or its designee, in its sole discretion deems appropriate. Classification as a Management Associate shall not guarantee an individual’s being designated as a Participant and designation as a Participant for any one Performance Period shall not guarantee a Management Associate’s inclusion as a Participant for any future Performance Period.

Design . The terms of each Plan shall be established by the Committee, or its designee, in its sole discretion. Such terms shall include the Plan’s Participants. In addition, such terms may prescribe the Performance Measure(s) that must be satisfied for a Performance Period based on such objective performance criteria as the Committee, or its designee, may establish. Such objective performance criteria may relate to the performance of the Company as a whole or on the performance of the Corporation, Subsidiary, division, group, business unit, store, or any other organizational unit as the Committee, or its designee, may prescribe and may be expressed on an absolute and/or relative basis, and may be based on or employ comparisons based on internal targets, past performance and/or the past or current performance of peer companies.

Each Plan shall include the total amount of incentive compensation payable on the attainment of a Performance Measure, which such amount with respect to a Covered Associate shall not exceed the limits otherwise provided for under this Program and shall not be payable other than as a result of the attainment of the Performance Measure, or in connection with the evaluation of a Participant’s Individual Performance, including the extent to which any incentive compensation will be paid if the target Performance Measure is not met or if the target Performance Measure is exceeded. The Committee, or its designee, may establish any special adjustments that will be applied in calculating whether the Performance Measure has been met including, but not limited to, taking into consideration the effect of any extraordinary items, unusual, infrequently occurring, or non-recurring events, accounting changes, divestitures, acquisitions, charges and costs associated with restructurings, any reorganization or change in the corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, foreign exchange gains and losses, a change in the fiscal year of the Company, the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes, business interruption events, unbudgeted capital expenditures, unrealized investment gains and losses or impairments. In addition, the Committee, or its designee, may establish such terms as it considers necessary with respect to the payment of incentive compensation in the event a Participant is promoted, ceases to be a Management Associate, or in the event an otherwise ineligible individual becomes a Management Associate who would otherwise be a Participant during a Performance Period, or in the event of a Participant’s termination of employment (including death, disability, retirement, or termination with or without cause) or leave of absence during the Performance Period. Different terms and conditions may be established by the Committee, or its designee, for different Plans and for different Participants.






Limits . Except to the extent established in a particular Plan by the Committee, or its designee, there are no limits on the total amount of incentive compensation payable to a Participant under the Program. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Covered Associate shall receive Performance-Based Compensation in any fiscal year that exceeds $12,000,000 (before any salary reduction or deferral elections) as of the date of the grant of the Performance-Based Compensation.

Verification . The Committee shall adopt such rules and procedures as it shall deem necessary or desirable in order to ensure that any Performance Measure has been attained and the amounts payable under the Program or a Plan are certified, and such certified amounts shall be submitted to the Board for its approval prior to their payment to Participants. Such verified amounts, when approved by the Board shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all interested parties, including the Company, Corporation, Subsidiaries and Participants.

Payment . Following the completion of a Plan’s applicable Performance Period, the Committee, or its designee, shall certify a Participant’s Individual Performance and/or the level of attainment of the Performance Measure(s) for the Performance Period. Any incentive compensation payable under a Plan shall be paid to a Participant in cash at a time, manner, and form determined in the sole and exclusive election of the Committee, but no later than two and one-half months after the end of the fiscal year in which a Plan’s applicable Performance Period ends. If any Participant eligible to receive a distribution under a Plan is also a participant in the Savings Plan or the Mirror Savings Plan and has elected to defer receipt of any incentive compensation received under a Plan to the Savings Plan or the Mirror Savings Plan then the incentive compensation payable to the Participant under the terms of the Plan shall be reduced by any such deferral under the Savings Plan or the Mirror Savings Plan.

Beneficiary . Any incentive compensation that becomes payable after the death of a Participant shall be paid to the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, or, if the Participant has no surviving spouse, to the personal representative of the Participant’s estate. If a Participant has deferred all or a portion of the Participant’s incentive compensation under the Savings Plan or the Mirror Savings Plan then the terms of the applicable plan shall govern the beneficiary designation and the payment of the amounts so deferred.
 
ARTICLE V
Amendment and Termination

The Board shall have the authority to amend, modify, suspend, and terminate the Program or any Plan established under the Program provided that no such amendment, modification, suspension, or termination shall adversely affect the rights of a Participant under a Plan with respect to a Performance Period that has begun, but has not yet been completed or with respect to any incentive compensation payable under a Plan that has not yet been paid without the Participant’s written consent.

ARTICLE VI
Miscellaneous

Unfunded Plan . The Program and any Plan shall be unfunded, and neither the Company nor the Corporation shall be required to segregate any assets for the purpose of satisfying any obligation of the Company or the Corporation with respect to any amount payable under the Program or a Plan.





Rights of Participants and Beneficiaries . Neither the Program nor any Plan is an employment agreement and neither ensures or evidences to any degree the continued employment or the claim to continued employment of any Participant for any time or period or job. No individual shall have any claim or right to participate in the Program or a Plan until such time as that individual becomes a Participant in a Plan. No Participant or beneficiary shall, by virtue of this Plan, have any interest in any specific asset or assets of the Company or the Corporation. A Participant or beneficiary has only an unsecured contractual right to receive cash payments in accordance with and at the times specified by the Program or a Plan. No Participant shall have the right or ability to assign, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any part of a payment hereunder.
   
Other Benefit and Compensation Programs . Neither the adoption of the Program nor the establishment of a Plan shall be construed as creating any limitation on the power of the Board to adopt such other plans, agreements, or arrangements as it may deem appropriate and nothing contained in this Program or any Plan shall limit the ability of the Company or the Corporation to make payments or awards to Participants under any other such plan, agreement or arrangement.

Governing Law . To the extent that Federal laws do not otherwise control, the internal laws of the State of Texas, without giving consideration to conflicts of laws principles that would require application of the law of another jurisdiction, will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity, and interpretation of the Plan and the performance and the obligations imposed by this Plan. The exclusive forum and venue for any legal action arising out of or related to the Plan shall be the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, and each Participant, as a condition of participating in the Plan, submits to the personal jurisdiction of that court. If neither subject matter nor diversity jurisdiction exists in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, then the exclusive forum and venue for any such action shall be the courts of the State of Texas located in Collin County, and each Participant, as a condition of participating in the Plan, submits to the personal jurisdiction of that court.

Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right to withhold from cash payments under the Program or a Plan to a Participant or other person an amount sufficient to cover any required withholding taxes.

Headings . Headings at the beginning of sections hereof are for convenience of reference, shall not be considered a part of the text of the Program, and shall not influence its construction.
 
Construed as a Whole . The provisions of the Program shall be construed as a whole in such manner as to carry out the provisions thereof and shall not be construed separately without relation to the context.

Code Section 409A Compliance . The Program and any Plan established under the Program is intended to comply with "short term deferral exception" to section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Accordingly, the provisions of the Plan shall be construed and administered so that the payment of incentive compensation qualifies in all instances for the short term deferral exception, to the maximum extent allowable.

If, and to the extent any payment or benefit under the Program or a Plan should be deemed to be an item of deferred compensation subject to the requirements of Code section 409A, the provisions of the Plan applicable to that payment or benefit shall be applied, construed and administered so that such payment or benefit is made or provided in compliance with the applicable requirements of Code section 409A and its corresponding regulations. Any payment from the Program or a Plan that is subject to the requirements of section 409A may only be made in a manner and upon an event permitted by section 409A, including the requirement that deferred compensation payable to a “specified employee” of a publicly traded company be postponed for six months after separation from service. Payments upon termination of employment may only be made upon a “separation from service,” as determined in accordance with Code section 409A and the Treasury





regulations thereunder. In addition, should there arise any ambiguity as to whether any other provisions of the Plan would contravene one or more applicable requirements or limitations of Code section 409A and the Treasury regulations thereunder, such provisions shall be interpreted, administered and applied in a manner that complies with the applicable requirements of Code section 409A and the Treasury regulations thereunder.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in addition to any remedies to which the Company is entitled, any right of a Covered Associate to receive incentive compensation, whether Performance-Based or otherwise, shall be forfeited to the extent set forth in the Company’s recoupment policy, as in effect from time to time.

If the Covered Associate is at any time indebted to the Company, or otherwise obligated to pay money to the Company for any reason, to the extent exempt from or otherwise permitted by the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, the Company, at its election, may offset amounts otherwise payable to the Covered Associate under this Plan to the extent permitted by law.


Effective Date of the Plan . The Program shall become effective as of January 29, 2017; provided, however, that no incentive compensation payable under the Program or any Plan shall be considered Performance-Based Compensation unless the Program is approved by shareholders and the Committee complies with the requirements of section 162(m) of the Code and the related Treasury regulations thereunder in connection with the awarding of such incentive compensation. The Program shall remain in effect until it has been terminated pursuant to Article V.
 






Exhibit 12

J. C. Penney Company, Inc.
Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(Unaudited)
 
52 Weeks
 
52 Weeks
 
52 Weeks
 
52 Weeks
 
53 Weeks
 
Ended
 
Ended
 
Ended
 
Ended
 
Ended
($ in millions)
1/28/2017
 
1/30/2016
 
1/31/2015
 
2/1/2014
 
2/2/2013
Income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
$
2

 
$
(504
)
 
$
(694
)
 
$
(1,708
)
 
$
(1,227
)
Fixed charges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest expense
363

 
405

 
406

 
352

 
226

Interest income included in net interest

 

 

 
1

 
6

Loss on extinguishment of debt, bond premiums and unamortized costs
30

 
10

 
34

 
114

 

Estimated interest within rental expense
93

 
94

 
98

 
99

 
101

Total fixed charges
486

 
509

 
538

 
566

 
333

Total earnings available for fixed charges
$
488

 
$
5

 
$
(156
)
 
$
(1,142
)
 
$
(894
)
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
1.0

 

 
(0.3
)
 
(2.0
)
 
(2.7
)
Coverage deficiency
NA

 
504

 
694

 
1,708

 
1,227






EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
Set forth below is a direct subsidiary of the Company as of March 24, 2017 . All of the voting securities of this subsidiary are owned by the Company.
Subsidiaries
J. C. Penney Corporation, Inc. (Delaware)
The names of other subsidiaries have been omitted because these unnamed subsidiaries, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, do not constitute a significant subsidiary.

Exhibit 23


Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
J. C. Penney Company, Inc.:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-8 (Registration Nos. 33-28390-99, 33-66070-99, 333-33343-99, 333-27329-99, 333-62066-99, 333-125356, 333-159349, 333-182202, 333-182825, 333-196151, 333-208059, 333-211539 and 333-211540 ) and Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-211536-01) of J. C. Penney Company, Inc. of our reports dated March 24, 2017, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of J. C. Penney Company, Inc. as of January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income/ (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 28, 2017, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2017, which reports appear in the January 28, 2017 annual report on Form 10‑K of J. C. Penney Company, Inc.
Our report dated March 24, 2017, on the consolidated balance sheets of J. C. Penney Company, Inc. as of January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income/ (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended January 28, 2017, contains an explanatory paragraph that states the Company has elected to change its method of accounting for pension and postretirement benefits to immediately recognize actuarial gains and losses in its operating results in the year in which they occur, to the extent they exceed 10 percent of the greater of the fair value of plan assets or the plans’ projected benefit obligation, referred to as the corridor.


/s/ KPMG LLP

Dallas, Texas
March 24, 2017




Exhibit 24
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT each of the undersigned directors and officers of J. C. PENNEY COMPANY, INC., a Delaware corporation, which will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. (“Commission”), under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017 (“Annual Report”), hereby constitutes and appoints Andrew Drexler, Janet Link, and Edward Record, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power to each of them to act without the others, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign said Annual Report, which is about to be filed, and any and all subsequent amendments to said Annual Report, and to file said Annual Report so signed, and any and all subsequent amendments thereto so signed, with all exhibits thereto, and any and all documents in connection therewith, and to appear before the Commission in connection with any matter relating to said Annual Report, hereby granting to the attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Power of Attorney as of the 24th day of March, 2017.
/s/ Marvin R. Ellison
 
/s/ Edward J. Record
Marvin R. Ellison
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer; Director
(principal executive officer)


 
Edward J. Record
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Andrew S. Drexler
 
/s/ Colleen C. Barrett
Andrew S. Drexler
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller
(principal accounting officer)
 
Colleen C. Barrett
Director
 
 
 
/s/ Paul J. Brown
 
/s/ Amanda Ginsberg
Paul J. Brown
Director
 
Amanda Ginsberg
Director
 
 
 
/s/ B. Craig Owens
 
/s/ Lisa A. Payne
B. Craig Owens
Director
 
Lisa A. Payne
Director
 
 
 
/s/ J. Paul Raines
 
/s/ Leonard H. Roberts
J. Paul Raines
Director
 
Leonard H. Roberts
Director
 
 
 
/s/ Javier G. Teruel
 
/s/ R. Gerald Turner
Javier G. Teruel
Director
 
R. Gerald Turner
Director
 
 
 
/s/ Ronald W. Tysoe
 
 
Ronald W. Tysoe
Director
 
 




Exhibit 31.1
 
CERTIFICATION  
 
I, Marvin R. Ellison, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of J. C. Penney Company, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial  reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.



 
Date: March 24, 2017    
 
                                                            
 
 
/s/ Marvin R. Ellison   
 
Marvin R. Ellison
 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
 

                                                                                                                           





Exhibit 31.2 
 
CERTIFICATION  
 
I,  Edward J. Record, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of J. C. Penney Company, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 24, 2017    
 
                                                            
/s/ Edward J. Record 
 
Edward J. Record
 
Executive Vice President and
 
Chief Financial Officer
 

                                                             
                                                                
                                                                





Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of J. C. Penney Company, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending January 28, 2017 (the “Report”), I, Marvin R. Ellison, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

(1)
the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

DATED this 24th day of March 2017 .
 
/s/ Marvin R. Ellison
Marvin R. Ellison
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer





Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of J. C. Penney Company, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending January 28, 2017 (the “Report”), I, Edward J. Record,  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
 
(1)
the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
DATED this 24th day of March 2017 .
 
/s/ Edward J. Record
Edward J. Record
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer